Micronet™ TMR 5009 Digital Control Operations Manual: Woodward Governor Company

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 202

85580V1A

MicroNet™ TMR 5009


DIGITAL CONTROL

VOLUME 1

OPERATIONS MANUAL

WOODWARD GOVERNOR COMPANY

Manual 85580V1A
WARNING
Read this entire manual and all other publications pertaining to the
work to be performed before installing, operating, or servicing this
equipment. Practice all plant and safety instructions and
precautions. Failure to follow instructions can cause personal injury
and/or property damage.

The engine, turbine, or other type of prime mover should be


equipped with an overspeed (overtemperature, or overpressure,
where applicable) shutdown device(s), that operates totally
independently of the prime mover control device(s) to protect against
runaway or damage to the engine, turbine, or other type of prime
mover with possible personal injury or loss of life should the
mechanical-hydraulic governor(s) or electric control(s), the
actuator(s), fuel control(s), the driving mechanism(s), the linkage(s),
or the controlled device(s) fail.

CAUTION
To prevent damage to a control system that uses an alternator or
battery-charging device, make sure the charging device is turned off
before disconnecting the battery from the system.

CAUTION
Electronic controls contain static-sensitive parts. Observe the
following precautions to prevent damage to these parts.

• Discharge body static before handling the control (with power to


the control turned off, contact a grounded surface and maintain
contact while handling the control).
• Avoid all plastic, vinyl, and styrofoam (except antistatic versions)
around printed circuit boards.
• Do not touch the components or conductors on a printed circuit
board with your hands or with conductive devices.

The letter designation following the manual number is changed to the next letter in alphabetical order when
an important change is made in the manual.

CHANGED AREAS ARE INDICATED BY A BLACK LINE IN THE MARGIN.

Woodward Governor Company reserves the right to update any portion of this publication at any time.
Information provided by Woodward Governor Company is believed to be correct and reliable. However, no
responsibility is assumed by Woodward Governor Company unless otherwise expressly undertaken.
© 1997 by Woodward Governor Company
All Rights Reserved
Manual 85580V1 5009

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chapter 1. Control System Installation Procedure ..................................................................................... 1

Chapter 2. GENERAL ................................................................................................................................ 5


CONTROL FAULT TOLERANCE ................................................................................................................ 5
Speed Inputs ......................................................................................................................................... 8
Analog Inputs......................................................................................................................................... 8
Discrete Inputs..................................................................................................................................... 11
Readouts (Analog outputs) .................................................................................................................. 11
Actuator Outputs.................................................................................................................................. 12
Relay outputs....................................................................................................................................... 16
5009 INPUTS AND OUTPUTS .................................................................................................................. 17
Speed Sensor Inputs..................................................................................................................... 17
Analog Inputs ................................................................................................................................ 17
Discrete Inputs .............................................................................................................................. 18
Readouts - Analog Outputs........................................................................................................... 18
Actuator Outputs ........................................................................................................................... 18
Relay Outputs ............................................................................................................................... 18
Communication Ports.................................................................................................................... 18
PC INTERFACE PROGRAM ..................................................................................................................... 19

Chapter 3. CONTROL OVERVIEW.......................................................................................................... 21


Single valve or Split range valve TURBINES ...................................................................................... 21
Extraction Turbines.............................................................................................................................. 22
Admission Turbines ............................................................................................................................. 23
Extraction/admission Turbines ............................................................................................................ 24
BLOCK DIAGRAMS................................................................................................................................... 25

Chapter 4. TURBINE START MODES..................................................................................................... 33


Manual Start Mode .............................................................................................................................. 34
V1 Initial Position ................................................................................................................................. 35
Semiautomatic Start Mode .................................................................................................................. 36
Automatic Start Mode .......................................................................................................................... 37
Zero Speed Signal Override ................................................................................................................ 38
Automatic Speed Override: ........................................................................................................... 38
Manual Speed Override: ............................................................................................................... 39
Start Permissible Contact .................................................................................................................... 39
VALVE LIMITERS ...................................................................................................................................... 39
V1 Initial Position ................................................................................................................................. 40
Minimum HP And LP Lift Limiters ........................................................................................................ 40
TURBINE START ROUTINES (IDLE TO RATED) .................................................................................... 41
No Idle Used........................................................................................................................................ 41
Manual Raise/lower ............................................................................................................................. 41
Idle/rated Ramp ................................................................................................................................... 41
Auto Start Sequence ........................................................................................................................... 42
Critical Speed Avoidance .................................................................................................................... 45
SPEED CONTROL OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................ 46
SPEED PID OPERATIONAL MODES ....................................................................................................... 47
Speed Control...................................................................................................................................... 47
Frequency Control ............................................................................................................................... 49
Unit Load Control................................................................................................................................. 49

Woodward Governor Company i


5009 Manual 85580V1

Speed Setpoint .................................................................................................................................... 51


Frequency Arm/Disarm........................................................................................................................ 52
Dual Speed Dynamics ......................................................................................................................... 53
Remote Speed Setpoint ...................................................................................................................... 54
Remote Speed Setpoint Status Messages.......................................................................................... 55
Synchronization ................................................................................................................................... 55
Synchronization Status Messages ...................................................................................................... 56
Synchronization / Loadsharing ............................................................................................................ 56
Sync/Load Share Status Messages .................................................................................................... 59
EXTRACTION, ADMISSION OR EXTR/ADM TURBINE CONTROL ........................................................ 59
Extraction-Only Turbine Control .......................................................................................................... 60
Manual Enable/Disable ................................................................................................................. 61
Automatic Enable/disable.............................................................................................................. 61
Admission-only Or Extraction/admission Turbine Control ................................................................... 62
Demand Setpoint .......................................................................................................................... 62
EXT/ADM Control Status Messages ................................................................................................... 63
EXT/ADM Input.................................................................................................................................... 64
PID Dynamics...................................................................................................................................... 64
EXT/ADM Droop.................................................................................................................................. 64
Setpoint ............................................................................................................................................... 65
Setpoint Tracking .......................................................................................................................... 65
Setpoint With No Tracking ............................................................................................................ 65
Remote EXT/ADM Setpoint................................................................................................................. 65
Remote Ext/adm Setpoint Messages............................................................................................ 66
Remote Ext/adm Setpoint Enable Logic ....................................................................................... 66
Ratio/Limiter ........................................................................................................................................ 67
No Ratio/Limiter................................................................................................................................... 68
Coupled HP & LP ................................................................................................................................ 68
Decoulped Inlet.................................................................................................................................... 68
Decoupled Exhaust ............................................................................................................................. 69
Decoupled HP & LP............................................................................................................................. 69
Block Diagram Description............................................................................................................ 70
Speed Vs. EXT/ADM Priority............................................................................................................... 74
Auto Priority Enabling.................................................................................................................... 75
Manual Priority Enabling ............................................................................................................... 75
AUXILIARY CONTROL.............................................................................................................................. 76
Auxiliary As A Limiter........................................................................................................................... 77
Auxiliary As A Controller...................................................................................................................... 78
Auxiliary Dynamics .............................................................................................................................. 79
Generator Load Limiter/Control ........................................................................................................... 79
Auxiliary Droop .................................................................................................................................... 79
Invert Auxiliary Input ............................................................................................................................ 80
Auxiliary Setpoint................................................................................................................................. 80
Remote Auxiliary Setpoint ................................................................................................................... 80
Remote Auxiliary Enable Logic............................................................................................................ 81
CASCADE CONTROL ............................................................................................................................... 82
Cascade Control Status Messages ..................................................................................................... 83
Cascade Dynamics.............................................................................................................................. 84
Cascade Setpoint ................................................................................................................................ 84
Cascade Setpoint Tracking ................................................................................................................. 84
Cascade Setpoint With No Tracking.................................................................................................... 85
CASCADE DROOP ................................................................................................................................... 85
Invert Cascade .................................................................................................................................... 85
REMOTE CASCADE SETPOINT .............................................................................................................. 85

ii Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Remote Cascade Setpoint Messages ................................................................................................. 86


Remote Cascade Enable Logic ........................................................................................................... 86
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN...................................................................................................................... 87
First Out Indication ........................................................................................................................ 87
CONTROLLED SHUTDOWN .................................................................................................................... 87
Synchronize Control Clock .................................................................................................................. 88
Local / Remote Function...................................................................................................................... 89
RELAYS ..................................................................................................................................................... 90
Relay Clarifications .............................................................................................................................. 91

Chapter 5. 5009 SYSTEM POWER - UP ................................................................................................. 93


VALVE / ACTUATOR CALIBRATION & TEST .......................................................................................... 94
Valve Calibration / Stroking Procedure................................................................................................ 95
TURBINE START....................................................................................................................................... 96
Speed Screens .................................................................................................................................... 97
Idle/Rated Start.................................................................................................................................... 97
Auto Start Sequence ........................................................................................................................... 98
Dynamic Adjustments .......................................................................................................................... 98
Proportional Control............................................................................................................................. 99
Integral Control .................................................................................................................................... 99
Derivative............................................................................................................................................. 99
Proportional Response ........................................................................................................................ 99
Proportional Gain (Effect of Settings) ................................................................................................ 100
Integral Response ............................................................................................................................. 100
Proportional + Integral (Closed Loop)................................................................................................ 102
Integral (Effects of Settings) .............................................................................................................. 102
Derivative Response ......................................................................................................................... 103
Proportional + Derivative (Closed Loop)............................................................................................ 104
Derivative (Effects of Settings) .......................................................................................................... 105
Proportional + Integral + Derivative (Closed Loop) ........................................................................... 105
Adding Derivative .............................................................................................................................. 106
GENERAL FIELD TUNING GUIDELINES ............................................................................................... 107
Tuning Example................................................................................................................................. 108
SPEED, CASC, AUX, & EXT/ADM DYNAMICS ADJUSTMENTS........................................................... 109
Tuning P & I Gains ............................................................................................................................ 109
Dual Dynamics (Speed/Load)............................................................................................................ 110
Cascade, Auxiliary, or Extr/Adm Droop ............................................................................................. 110
Tuning Derivative............................................................................................................................... 110
OVERSPEED TEST FUNCTION ............................................................................................................. 111
Peak Speed Register .................................................................................................................. 112
Electrical (5009) Overspeed Test procedure .............................................................................. 112
External (5009) Overspeed Test procedure................................................................................ 113
OPERATION INFORMATION.................................................................................................................. 113
Speed Control.................................................................................................................................... 114
Remote Speed Setpoint .............................................................................................................. 115
Synchronous Loadsharing Control.............................................................................................. 115
Auxiliary Control ................................................................................................................................ 115
Auxiliary Limiting ......................................................................................................................... 116
Remote Auxiliary Setpoint........................................................................................................... 116
Cascade Control................................................................................................................................ 116
Remote Cascade Setpoint .......................................................................................................... 117
Valve Limiters .................................................................................................................................... 117
Extraction/Admission Control ............................................................................................................ 118
Remote Extraction/Admission Setpoint....................................................................................... 118

Woodward Governor Company iii


5009 Manual 85580V1

Alarms ............................................................................................................................................... 118

Chapter 6. Trips ..................................................................................................................................... 119


Chassis/Operating System Alarms.................................................................................................... 120
Application Alarms............................................................................................................................. 120
Speed Probe Alarms ......................................................................................................................... 121
Analog Input Alarm ............................................................................................................................ 122
Discrete Input Alarm .......................................................................................................................... 122
Cascade Alarms ................................................................................................................................ 122
Extraction Alarms .............................................................................................................................. 122
Auxiliary Alarms................................................................................................................................. 123
KW Alarms......................................................................................................................................... 124
FSP (First Stage Pressure) Alarms ................................................................................................... 124
Speed Setpoint Alarms...................................................................................................................... 124
Load Share Alarms............................................................................................................................ 124
Synchronizing Alarms........................................................................................................................ 125
Monitor Input Alarms ......................................................................................................................... 125
Driver Alarms..................................................................................................................................... 125
Relay Alarms ..................................................................................................................................... 126
Analog Output Alarms ....................................................................................................................... 126
MAJOR ALARM INDICATION ................................................................................................................. 127

Chapter 7. MODBUS COMMUNICATIONS ........................................................................................... 129


Monitor Only ...................................................................................................................................... 129
Monitor And Control........................................................................................................................... 129
Modbus Communication.................................................................................................................... 129
Modbus Function Codes.................................................................................................................... 132
Modbus Slave Exception Error Codes............................................................................................... 133
PORT ADJUSTMENTS ........................................................................................................................... 133
Modbus Communication Port Adjustments ....................................................................................... 133
CONTROL MODBUS ADDRESSES........................................................................................................ 133
Boolean Writes (holding coils) ........................................................................................................... 134
Boolean Reads (input coils)............................................................................................................... 134
Analog Reads (input registers) .......................................................................................................... 134
Analog Writes (holding registers) ...................................................................................................... 135
Boolean Writes .................................................................................................................................. 135
Boolean Reads .................................................................................................................................. 138
Analog Reads .................................................................................................................................... 157
Analog Writes .................................................................................................................................... 166
ANALOG READS LOOKUP TABLES ...................................................................................................... 166
Last Turbine Trip Cause .................................................................................................................... 166
Idle/Rated Status ............................................................................................................................... 167
Auto Start Sequence Status .............................................................................................................. 167
Remote Speed Setpoint Status ......................................................................................................... 168
Cascade Control Status..................................................................................................................... 168
Remote Cascade Setpoint Status ..................................................................................................... 168
Auxiliary Control Status ..................................................................................................................... 168
Remote Auxiliary Setpoint Status ...................................................................................................... 169
Overspeed Test Status...................................................................................................................... 169
Load Share Status............................................................................................................................. 169
Frequency Control Status.................................................................................................................. 169
Control Stop Status ........................................................................................................................... 169
Extraction/Admission Control Status ................................................................................................. 170
Remote Ext/Adm Status .................................................................................................................... 170

iv Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Steam Map Priority ............................................................................................................................ 170


5009 Controlling Parameters ............................................................................................................. 171
Control Status (Extraction Unit Controlling Parameter #1).......................................................... 171
Control Status (Extraction Unit Controlling Parameter #2).......................................................... 172
Control Status (Non-Extraction Unit Controlling Parameter)....................................................... 173
Analog Input Configuration.......................................................................................................... 175
Analog Output Configuration....................................................................................................... 175
Relay Configuration..................................................................................................................... 176
Contact Input Configuration ........................................................................................................ 178
Cascade and Auxiliary Units Configured..................................................................................... 179
Ext/Adm Units Configured........................................................................................................... 179
KW/Load Units Active ................................................................................................................. 180
KW/Load Setpt Units Active ........................................................................................................ 180
Turbine Type Configured ............................................................................................................ 180
Aux Control Configured............................................................................................................... 180
Cascade Control Configured....................................................................................................... 180
Start Mode Configured ................................................................................................................ 180
Method from Idle to Rated Configured ........................................................................................ 181
Actuator #2 Readout ................................................................................................................... 181
V1 Calibration Status .................................................................................................................. 181
V2 Calibration Status .................................................................................................................. 181
SPECIFIC ADDRESS INFORMATION .................................................................................................... 182
Entering Setpoint From the Modbus .................................................................................................. 182
Modbus Scale Factors ....................................................................................................................... 182
Modbus Percentage .......................................................................................................................... 183
Modbus Emergency Shutdown.......................................................................................................... 183
For More Modbus Information ........................................................................................................... 183

Chapter 8. PRODUCT SERVICE OPTIONS.......................................................................................... 185


Replacement Exchange .................................................................................................................... 185
Return Shipment Authorization Label ......................................................................................... 185
Flat Rate Repair ................................................................................................................................ 186
Flat Rate Manufacture ....................................................................................................................... 186
RETURNING EQUIPMENT FOR REPAIR .............................................................................................. 186
Packing a Complete Control .............................................................................................................. 187
Additional Instructions ....................................................................................................................... 187
Address, Telephone, and FAX Numbers........................................................................................... 187
OTHER SERVICE FACILITIES................................................................................................................ 187
ADDITIONAL AFTERMARKET PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES ....................................................... 187

Woodward Governor Company v


5009 Manual 85580V1

vi Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

LIST OF FIGURES

1-1 Cabinet System Overview............................................................................................................... 3


1-2 Hardware Identification ................................................................................................................... 4
2-1 System Module Diagram................................................................................................................. 6
2-2 Double Exchange and Vote Structure............................................................................................. 7
2-3 Fault Tolerant Input ....................................................................................................................... 10
2-4 Fault Tolerant Analog Output ........................................................................................................ 12
2-5 Fault Tolerant Single Coil Actuator Output.................................................................................... 14
2-6 Fault Tolerant Dual Coil Actuator Output ...................................................................................... 15
2-7 Fault Tolerant Discrete Output ...................................................................................................... 17
2-8 Main Screen .................................................................................................................................. 20
3-1 Typical Extraction and/or Admission Steam Turbine .................................................................... 21
3-2 Split Range or Admission Type of turbine configuration (depending on the parameters being controlled)
22
3-3 Extraction and/or Admission Steam Turbine................................................................................. 23
3-4 Overview of 5009 Functionality Notes........................................................................................... 25
3-5 Single or Split-Range Turbine Configurations (Speed PID with Remote Setpoint)....................... 26
3-6 Single or Split-Range Turbine Configurations (Auxiliary PID Configured as a Limiter)................. 27
3-7 Single or Split-Range Turbine Configurations (Auxiliary PID Configured as a Controller)............ 28
3-8 Extraction and/or Admission Turbine Configurations (Auxiliary Configured as a Limiter)............. 29
3-9 Extraction and/or Admission Turbine Configurations (Auxiliary Configured as a Controller) ........ 30
3-10 Extraction and/or Admission Turbine Configurations (Decoupled HP & LP Ratio/Limiter, Auxiliary
Configured as a Limiter)31
3-11 Extraction and/or Admission Turbine Configurations (Decoupled HP & LP Ratio/Limiter, Auxiliary
Configured as a Controller)32
4-1 Manual Start Mode Example......................................................................................................... 35
4-2 Semiautomatic Start Mode Example............................................................................................. 37
4-3 Automatic Start Mode Example..................................................................................................... 38
4-4 Idle / Rated Start ........................................................................................................................... 42
4-5 Automatic Start Sequence ............................................................................................................ 43
4-6 Speed Control Functional Diagram ............................................................................................... 47
4-7 Speed PID Control Modes ............................................................................................................ 48
4-8 Frequency and Unit Load Relationship ......................................................................................... 50
4-9 Speed Relationships ..................................................................................................................... 52
4-10 Loadsharing Logic......................................................................................................................... 58
4-11 Ext/Adm Control Diagram ............................................................................................................. 60
4-12 Coupled HP&LP Mode .................................................................................................................. 71
4-13 Decoupled Inlet (HP) Mode........................................................................................................... 72
4-14 Decoupled Exhaust (LP) Mode ..................................................................................................... 73
4-15 Decoupled HP&LP Mode .............................................................................................................. 74
4-16 Priority Flow Diagram.................................................................................................................... 76
4-17 Aux Control Overview ................................................................................................................... 77
4-18 Cascade Functional Diagram........................................................................................................ 83
5-1 Proportional Gain Setting Effects ................................................................................................ 100
5-2 Open Loop Proportional and Integral Response......................................................................... 101
5-3 Closed Loop Proportional and Integral Response ...................................................................... 102
5-4 Integral Gain (Reset) Setting Responses.................................................................................... 103
5-5 Closed Loop Proportional and Derivative Action......................................................................... 104
5-6 Derivative Setting Effects ............................................................................................................ 105
5-7 Closed Loop Proportional, Integral and Derivative Action........................................................... 106
5-8 Typical Response to Load Change ............................................................................................. 108
7-1 ASCII/RTU Representation of 3 .................................................................................................. 130

Woodward Governor Company vii


5009 Manual 85580V1

7-2 Modbus Frame Definition ............................................................................................................ 131

viii Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

LIST OF TABLES

2-1 Redundancy Manager Truth Table.................................................................................................................10


4-1 On-Line / Off-Line Dynamics Selection ........................................................................................................54
4-2 Loadsharing Logic..........................................................................................................................................59
5-1 Actuator Driver Limits ...................................................................................................................................94
7-1 ASCII vs. RTU Modbus ...............................................................................................................................130
7-2 Modbus Function Codes...............................................................................................................................132
7-3 Modbus Error Codes.....................................................................................................................................133
7-4 Maximum Modbus Discrete and Analog Values .........................................................................................134
7-5 Boolean Writes .............................................................................................................................................138
7-6 Boolean Reads ..............................................................................................................................................157
7-7 Analog Reads................................................................................................................................................165
7-8 Analog Writes...............................................................................................................................................166

Woodward Governor Company ix


5009 Manual 85580V1

x Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

CHAPTER 1
INTRODUCTION

This manual describes the Woodward 5009 Fault Tolerant Control system for
steam turbines and consists of four volumes, each with a different focus. To help
in understanding of the MicroNet TMR 5009 Control System, review these
manuals with the following in mind:
Volume 1 - provides control functionality descriptions, including fault
tolerant logic, control logic, PID setting instructions, and system
operation procedures. The control’s Modbus register list is also included
in this Volume.
Volume 2 - provides hardware descriptions, mechanical and electrical
installation instructions, hardware specifications, hardware
troubleshooting help, and basic repair procedures.
Volume 3 - provides installation procedures for the 5009 control’s
personal computer based interface software program (PCI), information
on all PCI features and modes (Program, Service and Run), and sample
applications.
Volume 4 - provides details on installation and operation of the OpView
operator control station, if provided with your system.

Control System 1. Review all system manuals to gain an understanding of the control system.
Installation
2. Create a site specific wiring diagram by referencing Volume2’s wiring
Procedure
diagrams, then perform mechanical and electrical installation following
Volume 2 instructions and the generated wiring diagram.
3. Apply power to 5009 control and reset all three CPU’s (reference Volume 2).
4. Connect the provided RS232 serial cable between the control’s CPU-C serial
port and a computer which will have the PCI program installed.
5. Install the PCI programming software on a Windows95 or WindowsNT based
computer. Configure the system using the PCI’s menu-driven programming
screens (reference Volume 3).
6. Perform a full system checkout; clear all system trips and alarms (Reference
Volume 1, chapter 6); adjust linkages and stroke actuators (Reference Volume
1 chapter 5).

When ready to start the turbine, follow the operation instructions of Volume 1
chapter 6. During initial startup, the dynamics of each PID controller will need to
be adjusted (Reference Volume 1 chapter 6)

This volume provides control system description, and operation instructions for
the Woodward MicroNet TMR 5009 Control System. It includes:
• General description of the control system
• Detailed functionality descriptions including I/O handling

Woodward Governor Company 1


5009 Manual 85580V1

• Control system operation


• Information on optional equipment
• Detailed functionality description of start up procedures
• Detailed information on alarm and trip messages
• Detailed information on Modbus parameters.

This manual applies to all 5009 control systems but does not include information
that is unique to your system. The 5009 digital control system can be provided in a
number of hardware configurations; with different power supply configurations,
with or without a cabinet, with or without an OpView, with or without a generator
panel, or with or without a Rolling Restart Station. Because this manual addresses
all configurations, many of the system software and hardware descriptions may
not apply to your particular 5009 system. Figure 1-1 shows a complete 5009
control system with optional power sensor and digital synchronizer and load
control.

When an optional cabinet is included with the 5009 control package, all
equipment is pre-wired and the control is shipped fully assembled within the
cabinet. If a cabinet is not included with the system, each component is packaged
separately. After a control system is received each item must be located and
installed via this manual’s instructions. Figure 1-2 shows the optional equipment
that can be supplied with a 5009 control system.

This manual does not contain instructions for the operation of the complete
turbine system. For turbine or plant operating instructions, contact the plant-
equipment manufacturer.

2 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Figure 1-1. Cabinet System Overview

Woodward Governor Company 3


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 1-2. Hardware Identification

4 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

CHAPTER 2
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

GENERAL The 5009 Fault-Tolerant control is designed to control single valve, split-range
valve, single controlled-extraction, single controlled-admission, or single
controlled-extraction/admission steam turbines. The 5009 control is a field
programmable which allows a single design to be used in many different control
applications and reduces both cost and delivery time. It uses Windows-based
computer program (PCI) to allow a user to configure the control, perform on-line
program changes, perform on-line hardware tests, and alternatively operate the
turbine from. This control can be used as a stand-alone unit or in conjunction with
a plant’s Distributed Control System (DCS).

CONTROL FAULT The basis of this control’s fault tolerance architecture is to detect control related
TOLERANCE faults, annunciate these faults, and allow on-line service/replacement of modules
and/or transducers to correct these faults.

This control’s archecture allows it to operate with any single point of failure,
without shutting down the turbine. A CPU fault tolerance logic of 3-2-0 allows the
control to function normally with any CPU module failed or removed. An analog
I/O fault tolerance logic of 3-2-1-0 allows the control to function normally with
any one or two analog modules failed or removed. A discrete I/O fault tolerance
logic of 3-2-0 allows the control to function normally with any one discrete
module failed or removed. A power supply fault tolerance logic of 2-1-0 allows
the control to function normally with any one power supply failed or removed.

Three isolated kernel sections (A, B & C) each house a Kernel Power Supply
module, CPU module, Analog I/O module, and a Discrete I/O module (see Figure
2-1). A single motherboard supplies nine electrically isolated data paths. Each
CPU has a data path to its VME modules and two separate data paths, one to each
of the other CPU modules. There is a total of six paths between CPUs allowing for
redundancy and error checking.

Woodward Governor Company 5


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 2-1. System Module Diagram

All control inputs and outputs are Triple Modular Redundant (TMR); meaning
that each individual analog and speed input is monitored by all three 5009 kernels,
then voted upon to insure that the correct input value is used for control. Each
input is split at one of the control’s field termination module, and routed to the
three kernels (A,B,C) via separate I/O cables; this allows on-line module
replacement. Each control output signal is the sum of the three kernels outputs.
Because the control monitors the health of each kernel’s output signal, it can
detect, alarm, and react to any system output fault

The 5009 allows redundancy to be extended beyond the control, by allowing


multiple transducers to be used for any critical control parameter. Optionally the
control can be configured to accept up to four speed sensor inputs, and three
analog input signals (from separate transducers) for any single critical control
parameter.

Each CPU module runs the identical software application as the other two. All
inputs from each kernel are distributed to the other two kernels. Each CPU then
compares the value it read, with the value the other two CPUs read, before
outputting a signal to the application software. Depending on the configuration, a
total of nine values for the same input parameter could be used in the voting logic
to provide the best signal to the application software. Even if a data value has been
corrupted along any one of the data paths shown in Figure 2-2, all CPUs use the
same correct data for their application calculations. All CPUs use the same voted
input signals in the same application calculations to generate the same outputs.

All output values are exchanged between kernels, the results are voted and the
appropriate value is output from each kernel. Since the system can handle
significant single errors, even multiple errors may not shutdown a kernel section.
In the event of consistent errors from one of the kernel section, an alarm will be
annunciated and that particular kernel will be shut down. Figure 2-2 shows the
input to output structure of the MicroNet TMR.

6 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

The 5009 control’s redundancy architecture allows all control modules to be


replaced one at a time while the turbine is on-line and operating at full power
(sometimes referred to a Hot Replacement). This type of architecture also allows
it to perform all control system functions while only utilizing the following
modules:
• Main Power Supply module (2 typical)
• 2 Kernel Power Supply modules (3 typical)
• 2 CPU modules (3 typical)
• 2 Discrete I/O modules (3 typical)
• 1 Analog I/O module (3 typical)

Figure 2-2. Double Exchange and Vote Structure

Woodward Governor Company 7


5009 Manual 85580V1

Speed Inputs The control can accept one, two, three, or four speed inputs. Each speed input is
monitored by all three kernels. With twelve possible speed signals from which to
control with, the control can withstand multiple speed input failures with no loss
of control functionality. Only one of the possible twelve inputs is required for
speed control.

All speed inputs are connected to the control, via analog termination modules
(ATMs). An input’s termination module is used to terminate customer control
wiring and distribute each input signal to all three kernels. After the control’s
kernels double exchange their input values, and vote out any erroneous values, the
Application Software Redundancy Manager then compares each kernel’s voted
result to select a value to be used within the application logic. Figure 2-3 is a
graphical view of a control input’s architecture. Table 2-1 displays the redundancy
manager’s input selection logic, for each possible input condition.

A speed input signal is determined to be faulty and is taken out of the input voting
logic when it is below its “Speed Failure Level” setting. This failure level setting
is common to all inputs and can be adjusted via the PCI program’s Service mode.
Reference Volume 3 for all PCI program procedures.

An input deviation alarm is also used to annunciate if any of the four possible
speed input channels is sensing a value that is different then the voted-good value
used by the application. If an input channel’s sensed value deviates from the
voted-good signal value, by a greater margin than the speed control’s “Max
Deviation” setting, an input channel alarm will be issued. This type of
annunciation can be used to indicate when an input channel, or magnetic pickup
unit is intermittently failing high or low. Max Deviation input settings are tunable
via the PCI program’s Service mode, and are defaulted to 1% (deviation range =
.01 to 20%) of the “Overspeed Limit” setting. If a deviation alarm condition
occurs, the alarmed input is not removed from the control’s voting logic and still
can be used to control with, in case all other channels fail.

The voting logic when more than one speed input (MPU or Prox Probe) is used is
as follows:
• With 4 good sensors, use the median 2 sensors.
• With 3 good sensors, use the median value.
• With 2 good sensors, use the higher value.
• With 1 good sensor, use the good sensor’s value.

Analog Inputs The control can accept one, two, or three transducer inputs for all critical
parameters (i.e. ext/adm, aux, casc inputs). Only one input signal is accepted for
non-critical functions (i.e. remote setpoint inputs). Each analog input can
withstand up to two failures with no loss of control functionality. If any two of an
analog input’s three “legs” are failed, the control uses the third healthy leg’s
sensed input signal from which to control with.

8 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

All analog inputs are connected to the control, via analog termination modules
(ATMs). An input’s termination module is used to terminate customer control
wiring and distribute each input signal to all three kernels. After the control’s
kernels double exchange their input values, and vote out any erroneous values, the
Application Software Redundancy Manager then compares each kernel’s voted
result to select a value to be used within the application logic. Figure 2-3 is a
graphical view of a control’s input architecture. Table 2-1 displays the redundancy
manager’s input selection logic, for each possible input condition.

Optionally, each leg of an input channel can be tested and its calibration verified
through the PCI program’s Service mode, by individually removing the other two
input legs. Reference Volume 3 for all PCI program mode procedures.

An analog input signal is determined to be faulty when it is below its “Fail Low
Value” setting, or above its “Fail High Value” setting. These failure level settings
can be adjusted via the PCI program’s Service mode and are defaulted to values in
engineering units which correspond to 2mA and 22mA respectively. If an input is
determined to be failed, that input is removed from the control’s voting logic.

Input deviation alarms are used to annunciate if any of the input channels or input
legs are sensing a value that is different then the voted-good value used by the
application. If an input channel’s sensed value deviates from the voted-good
value, by a greater margin than it’s “Max Deviation” setting, an input channel
alarm will be issued. This type of annunciation can be used to indicate when an
input channel, or system transducer is going out of calibration. Max Deviation
settings are tunable via the PCI program’s Service mode, and are defaulted to 1%
(deviation range = .1 to 10%) of the configured input range. If a deviation alarm
condition occurs the alarmed input is not removed from the control’s voting logic,
and still can be used to control with, in case all other channels fail.

Woodward Governor Company 9


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 2-3. Fault Tolerant Input

Table 2-1. Redundancy Manager Truth Table

10 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Discrete Inputs Each discrete input can withstand up to two failures with no loss of control
functionality. If any two of a discrete input’s three “legs” fail, the control uses the
third healthy leg’s sensed input signal from which to control with.

All discrete inputs are connected to the control via discrete termination modules
(DTMs). A DTM is used to terminate customer control wiring and distribute each
input signal to all three kernels. After the control’s kernels double exchange their
input values and vote out any erroneous inputs, the Application Software
Redundancy Manager then compares each kernel’s voted result to select a value to
be used within the application logic. Figure 2-3 (Input #1) is a graphical view of a
control’s input architecture. Table 2-1 displays the redundancy manager’s input
selection logic, for each possible input condition.

A discrete input signal is determined to be faulty when it is determined to be


different then the voted-good value used by the application. If an input is
determined to be faulty, the input is removed from the control’s voting logic and
an input channel alarm is issued. Once the input fault is corrected the alarm
condition can be reset by issuing a control “Reset” command.

Readouts Each control readout can withstand up to two failures with no loss of output
(Analog outputs) functionality. Any leg of an output channel can drive a readout’s full 4-20mA
current signal. After each CPU generates an analog output signal, the signals are
exchanged between CPUs, voted on, and sent to the Redundancy Manager for
output. The Redundancy Manager divides the output signal based on the number
of known good output channels and distributes each portion of the signal to the
respective output channel.

Precision resistors are used in each channel’s readback circuitry to measure and
verify the health of each output “leg”. If a fault condition is detected, the faulty
output leg is disabled, and the Redundancy Manager redistributes the output
signal to the remaining legs. In a case where two failures are experienced at the
same time within different legs, the single good channel (leg) will drive the entire
output. Figure 2-4 shows a Fault Tolerant Analog Output’s architecture. The
Analog Termination Module (ATM) combines each analog output signal from all
three kernels into one signal at the ATM’s terminal blocks.

An output is considered failed, and an alarm issued, if a channel’s combined


output or any leg of the output measures a difference of more than 10% from the
output demand. Optionally, each leg of a readout channel can be tested and its
calibration verified through the PCI program’s Service mode, by individually
removing the other two output legs. Reference Volume 3, for all PCI program
functionality.

With this output architecture, any single output driver failure results in the output
signal only stepping to 66.66% of its original value. The time between when a
failure is sensed and when the control corrects for it by redistributing current
through the other drivers can be as long as 50 milliseconds.

Woodward Governor Company 11


5009 Manual 85580V1

Upon the correction of an output failure, and a “Control Reset” command, each
failed output performs a continuity check though the its external load before
current is again redistributed evenly between all output drivers. This continuity
check entails, the failed driver to output a small amount of current through its
output load, and compare that value with what is readback. The time between
when a continuity check is performed and when the control redistributes current
through the all drivers can be as long as 50 milliseconds.

Figure 2-4. Fault Tolerant Analog Output

Actuator Outputs Each actuator output can withstand up to two failures with no loss of output
functionality. Any leg of an output channel can drive an output’s full current
signal (4-20mA or 20-160mA). After each CPU generates an actuator output
signal, the signals are exchanged between CPUs, voted on, and sent to the
Redundancy Manager for output. The Redundancy Manager divides the output
signal based on the number of known good output channels and distributes each
portion of the signal to the respective output channel.

12 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Precision resistors are used in each channel’s readback circuitry to measure and
verify the health of each output “leg”. If a fault condition is detected, the faulty
output leg is disabled, and the Redundancy Manager redistributes the output
signal to the remaining legs. In a case where two failures are experienced at the
same time within different legs, the lone good channel (leg) will drive the entire
output. Figures 2-5, and 2-6 show a Fault Tolerant Actuator Output’s architecture.
The Analog Termination Module (ATM) combines each actuator output signal
from all three kernels into one signal at the ATM’s terminal blocks.

An output is considered failed, and an alarm issued, if a channel’s combined


output or any leg of the output measures a difference of more than 10% from the
output demand. Optionally, each leg of a readout channel can be tested and its
calibration verified through the PCI program’s Service mode, by individually
removing the other two output legs. Reference Volume 3, for all PCI program
functionality.

Actuator outputs, or HP and LP valve outputs, are treated the same way as the
other analog outputs, with the exception of a an added precision resistor in the
actuator output’s return path. This resistor is used to measure and detect ground
loops and coil shortages that are possible when interfacing to an actuator. If a
single coil actuator is being driven, the dual coil terminal blocks are jumpered
(wired) to the single coil terminal blocks and the redundancy manager shares the
current equally between all three kernels. In the event of a fault, the Redundancy
Manager will redistribute the load.

Woodward Governor Company 13


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 2-5. Fault Tolerant Single Coil Actuator Output

If the actuator connected to is a dual coil actuator, the Redundancy Manager


shares half the current evenly between Kernels A & B outputs, and the other half
comes from the Kernel C output. In the event of a fault, the Redundancy Manager
redistributes load current.

14 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Figure 2-6. Fault Tolerant Dual Coil Actuator Output

With this output architecture, any single output driver failure results in the output
signal only stepping to 66.66% of its original value (possibly 50% for dual coil
applications). The time between when a failure is sensed and when the control
corrects for it by redistributing current through the other drivers can be as long as
50 milliseconds.

Woodward Governor Company 15


5009 Manual 85580V1

Upon the correction of an output failure, and a “Control Reset” command, each
failed output performs a continuity check though the actuator before current is
again redistributed evenly between all output drivers. This continuity check
entails, the failed driver to output a small amount of current through its output
load, and compare that value with what is readback. The time between when a
continuity check is performed and when the control redistributes current through
the all drivers can be as long as 50 milliseconds.

Relay outputs Twelve fault tolerant relay outputs are provided with this control. With this
control’s architecture, a six relay configuration is used to form each fault tolerant
relay output. When a relay output is closed, the contacts of all six relays are
closed. Because of the series-parallel configuration that the relays are in, the
failure of any individual relay will not cause the output to be open. This series-
parallel configuration also allows any single relay of the six relay configuration to
be removed and replaced “on-line” with no affect on the state of the fault tolerant
relay output

When a relay output is open, the contacts of all six relays are open. Because of the
series-parallel configuration that the relays are in, the failure or removal of any
one relay will not cause the output to be closed. The relay output would continue
to be open.

Since this control’s fault tolerant architecture can tolerate a single fault, it is
possible for this fault to go undetected. This is called a latent fault. If a second
fault occurs while a latent fault exists, the state of the fault tolerant relay output
may be affected, possibly resulting in a shutdown condition. This is why it is
important to detect and annunciate latent faults in a fault tolerant system.

Latent fault detection is provided with this control to detect any relay related
failure without effecting the state of the overall relay output. Each individual relay
output can be configured to use or not use latent fault detection. A latent fault
detection test is performed periodically or on command through the PCI. The
period of time between tests can be set from 1 to 3000 hours.

A relay output is tested by cycling the output’s individual relays closed then open
(or vice-versa depending on the output state), to ensure that they are in the correct
state, and that they can change state. Position readback circuitry allows the state of
each relay contact to be detected. Any failures are annunciated, and further testing
is disabled without affecting the state of the relay output contact or control
operation.

Each fault tolerant relay configuration consists of 6 relays, driven by two discrete
outputs from each kernel (as shown in Figure 2-7). The relays are configured in
three legs of two relays each. Customer circuit power is connected to one side of
the resulting configuration, and customer load to the other side. Field selectable
jumpers, located on system FTMs, are provided to allow each output’s latent fault
detection logic to be compatible with the circuit being interfaced to. Latent fault
detection is used to monitor the actual contact positions of each of the six relays,
and to momentarily change states of each relay one at a time. This verifies each
relay’s “normally open” or “normally closed” contacts.

16 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Latent fault detection (LFD) is not usable with all applications or circuits. The
control’s LFD logic can only work with circuits using voltages between 18-
32Vdc, 100-150Vdc, or 88-132Vac. For latent fault detection to work, a small
leakage current is passed through the circuit’s load. Depending on the size of the
load, the leakage current may be enough to cause a load to be on or active, when a
relay contact is open. In this case, the individual relay’s latent fault detection logic
may be disabled, eliminating the leakage current, or a shunt resister can be used
across the load to reduce the leakage current. Refer to Volume 2 of this manual to
determine if Latent Fault Detection can be used with a circuit.

Figure 2-7. Fault Tolerant Discrete Output

5009 INPUTS Speed Sensor Inputs. Available Speed Sensor Inputs: 4


AND OUTPUTS
Of the 4 available fault-tolerant speed sensor inputs, one input is required for
operation and the 3 additional inputs are optional for system redundancy. Each
speed input can interface with a passive speed probe (magnetic pickup unit -
MPU) or an active speed probe (proximity). Refer to Volume 2 for input wiring
and specifications.
Analog Inputs . Available Analog Inputs: 8

Any analog input can be configured to perform any of the listed control input
functions. This control only accepts 4-20mA signals. These 4-20mA inputs,
however, can be configured to interface with loop-powered or self-powered
transducers, through ATM input wiring. Refer to Volume #3 for a complete list of
all possible analog input functions.

Time Stamping - The analog inputs have the capability of time stamping down to
a five millisecond resolution on four setpoints. Two of these setpoints are the
analog input failure high and low levels and two are the analog input high and low
alarm levels. These setpoints are set to default values during the initial control
configuration, and may be re-adjusted at any time.

Woodward Governor Company 17


5009 Manual 85580V1

Discrete Inputs. Available Discrete Inputs: 24

Of the 24 total discrete inputs, 4 are dedicated and 20 are configurable. The four
dedicated inputs are Emergency Trip, Control Reset, Speed Setpoint Raise, and
Speed Setpoint Lower. If the control is configured for a generator application,
generator breaker and a utility tie breaker discrete inputs must be programmed.
Only one discrete input may be programmed for any one listed option; more than
one will result in a configuration error. Refer to Volume #3 for a complete list of
all possible discrete input functions.

Time Stamping - All External Emergency Trip inputs, all External Alarm inputs,
and the generator and utility tie breaker inputs have time stamping down to one
millisecond resolution. By configuring multiple discrete inputs to function as
external trips or alarms the control can function as a “First-Out” monitor to assist
in system trouble shooting. The other discrete inputs are not time stamped.
Readouts - Analog Outputs. Available Readouts: 4

Any readout can be configured to perform any of the listed control readout
functions. These readouts only drive an output current of 4-20mAs. There are no
configuration limitations on the analog output programming. For example, all four
outputs could be configured to function as a speed readouts, if desired. These
outputs are driven at a slower rate than the actuator outputs, and are not intended
to function as actuator drivers. Refer to Volume #3 for a complete list of all
possible readout functions.
Actuator Outputs. Available Actuator Outputs: 2

Each actuator output can be configured to output current ranges of 4-20mAs or


20-160mAs, and to interface with single or dual coil actuators. When a single-coil
actuator is used, all three kernel output drivers are tied together and share current
proportionally. When a dual-coil actuator is used all three also share output
current, however, kernels A & B are tied directly together through the ATM to the
coil #1 output and kernel C provides the coil #2 output.

For extraction and/or admission turbines, actuator driver #1 interfaces with the
turbine’s High Pressure control valve actuator (HP) and actuator driver #2
interfaces with the turbine’s Low Pressure control valve actuator (LP). For non-
extraction/admission turbines, actuator driver #2 can be used to control either a
second actuator (with an offset) or it can be used as a readout.
Relay Outputs . Available Relay Outputs: 12

Of the 12 relay outputs, 2 are dedicated and 10 are configurable. The two
dedicated outputs are Emergency Trip, and Alarm condition. There are no
configuration limits on relay output programming. For example, all 10 of the
programmable relays could be configured to function as a Speed PID In-Control
indication, if desired.
Communication Ports. Available Communication Ports: 3 RS232 ports

18 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

The CPU-A RS232 port is dedicated for Modbus Communications with a


distributed control system (DCS) or other serial operator control panel.

The CPU-B RS232 port can be configured to function as a Modbus


Communications port like CPU-A’s port or interface with a serial line-printer to
provide a hard-copy of any alarm or trip condition. Alternatively this port can also
be configured to act as a backup PCI communications port in-case the Kernel-C
CPU fails.

The CPU-C RS232 port is dedicated for use with the control’s PCI program. The
PCI program is loaded on to a site computer to act as unit engineering
workstation. The PCI program is used to configure the control, perform on-line
program changes, perform on-line hardware tests, and alternatively operate the
turbine from.

In cases where a device being interfaced to is located a distance of greater than 50


feet from the control, it is recommended that an RS232-to-RS422 converter and
RS-422 communications be used (alternatively RS485 communications can be
used). With the use of a converter and RS-422 communications the control can
interface with a device through serial communications up to 4000 feet from the
control. A Model 285 Superverter from Telebyte Technology Inc. of Greenlawn
N.Y., or equivalent can be used as an interface converter. RS422 and RS485
communications also support multidropping (multiple slaves on a single
communications line); RS-232 communications does not.

Refer to the Modbus Communication section of this Volume for detailed


information on the control’s communication capabilities. Refer to the Printer
Section of Volume 2 for detailed information on connecting a printer to the
control.

PC INTERFACE The 5009 is a field configurable steam turbine control that utilizes a DDE
PROGRAM Windows-based PC Interface program to configure, operate, and service the 5009
control. Two software application programs are provided with the control
(Servlink & PCI).

The Servlink program communicates directly with the control, and allows any
program that can communicate via Dynamic Data Exchange (DDE) to access
control data. Most Microsoft based programs (Excel, Access, Word) use DDE
protocol to link to other programs, and can be used in conjunction with the
Servlink program to access and record control data. The DDE interface program
allows non-Woodward software applications access to control data, for
monitoring, trending, and report creating purposes. Refer to Volume 3 for details
on connecting to the control via the Servlink program.

Woodward Governor Company 19


5009 Manual 85580V1

The PCI program, is a user interface program, which like Microsoft based
programs interfaces with the control through the Servlink program using DDE
communications. This interface program has three levels of access (Program,
Service, Start). Each of these access levels have different levels of password
security. These security levels allow only users who are qualified (and have access
to the mode’s password) access to perform changes in a specific interface mode.

All three PCI interface modes can be monitored at any time, however, changes
cannot be made in the Program and Service modes unless the correct password
has been entered. The program’s “Start” mode has no password protection. Refer
to Volume 3 for details on the PCI program and its functionality.

The Program mode is used to initially configure the control to the application. The
Service mode is used to perform changes to the control’s configuration, test
control hardware, and calibrate control I/O, all while on-line at any operating
level.

The Start mode is used to start the turbine, stop the turbine, and enable or disable
any operating mode.

Figure 2-8. Main Screen

20 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

CHAPTER 3
CONTROL FUNCTIONALITY OVERVIEW

CONTROL This control is designed to control single valve, split-range valve, single
OVERVIEW controlled-extraction, single controlled-admission, or single controlled-extraction/
admission steam turbines. Refer to the following turbine control descriptions and
block diagrams to match the control’s configuration to your type of turbine and
application.

Single valve or This control can be configured to control turbines with one or two turbine control
Split range valve valves (or valve racks) feeding into a single steam chest, or separate steam chests.
TURBINES With this type of configuration the control interfaces with the turbine control
valve(s) to control one parameter at a time and limit an additional parameter if
desired.

With this type of turbine, the one controlled parameter is typically speed (or load),
however, the control could be utilized to control or limit: turbine inlet pressure or
flow, exhaust (back) pressure or flow, first stage pressure, generator power output,
plant import and/or export levels, compressor inlet or discharge pressure or flow,
unit/plant frequency, process temperature, or any other turbine related process
parameter. Refer to the following block diagrams for possible control
configurations, and PID relationships.

When the control is configured for a split-range turbine type, actuator output #2
can be configured to begin opening at an offset value of actuator output #1
position. If this offset setting is 50%, then Valve #2 will begin opening when
Valve #1 reaches 50%. The control will continue to open both valves to 100%,
with a position difference of 50%.

Figure 3-1. Typical Extraction and/or Admission Steam Turbine

Woodward Governor Company 21


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 3-2. Split Range or Admission Type of turbine configuration (depending on the
parameters being controlled)

Extraction When configured to operate single controlled-extraction steam turbines, the


Turbines control, manages the interaction between the turbine’s governor valve (HP) and
extraction valve (LP) valve to control two turbine related parameters at the same
time, while minimizing the affect each parameter has on the other.

Single controlled-extraction turbines have a high pressure stage and a low


pressure stage, each controlled by a valve. Steam enters the turbine through the
HP valve (see Figure 3-3). At the downstream end of the HP turbine stage and
before the LP valve, steam can be extracted. The LP valve controls the entry of
steam into the LP turbine stage, and the diverting of steam out the extraction line.
As the LP valve is opened, more steam enters the LP stage and less is extracted.

When configured for an extraction type of turbine, this control uses Ratio/Limiter
logic to control the interaction of the HP and LP valves. Due to a turbine’s design,
the positioning of either valve (HP or LP) has an effect on both parameters being
controlled. This interaction between valves (controlled parameters) can cause
undesirable fluctuations in a process not requiring a change.

The ratio logic controls the interaction of both HP and LP valves to maintain
desired turbine speed/load (or Auxiliary or Cascade PID processes) and extraction
pressure/flow levels. Because a single extraction turbine has only two control
valves, only two parameters at a time can be controlled. By controlling valve
interaction, the ratio logic minimizes the effects of one controlled process on the
other controlled process.

22 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

When system conditions cause a turbine to reach an operating limit (i.e. Min LP),
only one process parameter can be controlled. The control’s limiter logic allows
the process parameter which has priority on that limit to be controlled by limiting
the second parameter.

The interaction of both valves is automatically calculated by the 5009’s ratioing


logic, based on entered turbine performance parameters. HP & LP valve
decoupling modes are available, depending on the process parameters being
controlled. Refer to the following block diagrams for possible control
configurations, and PID relationships. Refer to the Ratio/Limiter section of this
Volume for Ratio/limiter configuration options.

Figure 3-3. Extraction and/or Admission Steam Turbine

Admission When configured to operate single controlled-admission steam turbines, the


Turbines control, manages the interaction between the turbine’s governor valve (HP) and
extraction valve (LP) valve to control two turbine related parameters at the same
time, while minimizing the affect each parameter has on the other.

Typical single automatic admission turbines have a high pressure stage and a low
pressure stage, each controlled by a valve. Steam enters the turbine through the
HP valve (see Figure 3-3) and at the downstream end of the HP turbine stage,
before the LP valve. The LP valve controls the entry of steam into the LP turbine
stage and through the admission line. As the LP valve is opened, more steam
enters the LP stage.

When configured for an admission type of turbine, this control uses Ratio/Limiter
logic to control the interaction of the HP and LP valves. Due to a turbine’s design,
the positioning of either valve (HP or LP) has an effect on both parameters being
controlled. This interaction between valves (controlled parameters) can cause
undesirable fluctuations in a process not requiring a change.

Woodward Governor Company 23


5009 Manual 85580V1

The ratio logic controls the interaction of both HP and LP valves to maintain
desired turbine speed/load (or Auxiliary or Cascade PID processes) and admission
pressure/flow levels. Because a single admission turbine has only two control
valves, only two parameters at a time can be controlled. By controlling valve
interaction, the ratio logic minimizes the effects of one controlled process on the
other controlled process.

When system conditions cause a turbine to reach an operating limit (i.e. Min LP),
only one process parameter can be controlled. The control’s limiter logic allows
the process parameter which has priority on that limit to be controlled by limiting
the second parameter.

The interaction of both valves is automatically calculated by the 5009’s ratioing


logic, based on entered turbine performance parameters. HP & LP valve
decoupling modes are available, depending on the process parameters being
controlled. Refer to the following block diagrams for possible control
configurations, and PID relationships. Refer to the Ratio/Limiter section of this
Volume for Ratio/Limiter configuration options.

Extraction/ When configured to operate single controlled-extraction/admission steam


admission turbines, the control, manages the interaction between the turbine’s governor
Turbines valve (HP) and ext/adm valve (LP) valve to control two turbine related parameters
at the same time, while minimizing the affect each parameter has on the other.

Single automatic extraction/admission turbines have a high pressure stage and a


low pressure stage, each controlled by a valve. Steam enters the turbine through
the HP valve. At the downstream end of the HP turbine stage and before the LP
valve, steam can either be extracted or admitted (inducted) into the LP turbine
stage. The LP valve controls the entry of steam into the LP turbine stage. As the
LP valve is opened, more steam enters the LP stage and less is extracted.

When configured for an ext/adm type of turbine, this control uses Ratio/Limiter
logic to control the interaction of the HP and LP valves. Due to a turbine’s design,
the positioning of either valve (HP or LP) has an effect on both parameters being
controlled. This interaction between valves (controlled parameters) can cause
undesirable fluctuations in a process not requiring a change.

The ratio logic controls the interaction of both HP and LP valves to maintain
desired turbine speed/load (or Auxiliary or Cascade PID processes) and ext/adm
pressure/flow levels. Because a single ext/adm turbine has only two control
valves, only two parameters at a time can be controlled. By controlling valve
interaction, the ratio logic minimizes the effects of one controlled process on the
other controlled process.

When system conditions cause a turbine to reach an operating limit (i.e. Min LP),
only one process parameter can be controlled. The control’s limiter logic allows
the process parameter which has priority on that limit to be controlled by limiting
the second parameter.

24 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

The interaction of both valves is automatically calculated by the 5009’s ratioing


logic, based on entered turbine performance parameters. HP & LP valve
decoupling modes are available, depending on the process parameters being
controlled. Refer to the following block diagrams for possible control
configurations, and PID relationships. Refer to the Ratio/Limiter section of this
Volume for Ratio/Limiter configuration options.

BLOCK Overviews of possible 5009 configurations are shown in Figures 3-5 through 3-
DIAGRAMS 11. Use these block diagrams to match the control features to the site-specific
application requirements. Figure 3-4 lists symbols and their respective
explanations. The Cascade and Auxiliary PIDs are optional controllers, and are
shown in the following diagrams for PID relationship purposes only. For more
information on the functionality of the Ratio/Limiter block, refer to the Ratio/
Limiter Section of this manual.

Figure 3-4. Overview of 5009 Functionality Notes

Woodward Governor Company 25


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 3-5. Single or Split-Range Turbine Configurations (Speed PID with


Remote Setpoint)

26 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Figure 3-6. Single or Split-Range Turbine Configurations (Auxiliary PID


Configured as a Limiter)

Woodward Governor Company 27


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 3-7. Single or Split-Range Turbine Configurations (Auxiliary PID


Configured as a Controller)

28 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Figure 3-8. Extraction and/or Admission Turbine Configurations (Auxiliary


Configured as a Limiter)

Woodward Governor Company 29


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 3-9. Extraction and/or Admission Turbine Configurations (Auxiliary


Configured as a Controller)

30 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Figure 3-10. Extraction and/or Admission Turbine Configurations (Decoupled


HP & LP Ratio/Limiter, Auxiliary Configured as a Limiter)

Woodward Governor Company 31


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 3-11. Extraction and/or Admission Turbine Configurations (Decoupled


HP & LP Ratio/Limiter, Auxiliary Configured as a Controller)

32 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

CHAPTER 4
CONTROL DETAILS

The 5009 may be programmed to operate single valve, split-range valve, single
extraction, single admission, or single extraction/admission turbines. For each of
the extraction and/or admission turbine applications, the 5009’s Ratio/Limiter
logic may be configured to allow the turbine’s HP and LP valves interact
differently depending on the turbine’s function within a system. When there is no
controlled-extraction, a Ratio/Limiter is not used. In addition, none of the
extraction/admission logic is used either.

The relationship between Speed/load PID and the Auxiliary PID is based on the
Auxiliary PID configuration selected. If the Auxiliary PID is configured as a
“Limiter” the Aux PID is always active, and the Speed and Auxiliary PID outputs
are all low-signal-selected (LSS) to position the actuator output(s).

If the Auxiliary PID is configured as a “Controller”, the Auxiliary PID is only


active when enabled. Once the Auxiliary PID is enabled the Speed PID is disabled
and tracks the Auxiliary PID’s output. Reference control block diagrams in
Chapter 3 for PID relationships based on configuration.

NOTE
In this manual the term “HP valve” refers to a non-extraction
turbine’s inlet control valve, or an extraction/admission turbine’s
High Pressure inlet control valve. If configuring the control for a non-
extraction turbine, ignore all references to the LP valve, extraction
control, and ratio/limiter.

TURBINE START This control can be configured for any of three possible turbine start modes
MODES (manual, semi-automatic or automatic). These startup modes determine how the
turbine is taken from a shutdown state to an idle or minimum turbine speed
position. One of these start modes must be chosen and programmed to perform a
system startup.

Once a turbine is started and the control is controlling turbine speed, the
configured “Turbine Start Routine” determines the control sequence used to bring
the turbine from an idle speed up to the turbine’s rated speed. Refer to the Turbine
Start Routines section of this chapter for details.

Once a ‘Start’ command is issued, the valve limiter and speed setpoint are
manipulated manually or automatically, depending on the start mode selected.
After a turbine start has been completed, turbine speed will be controlled at a
minimum controlling speed. The minimum controlling speed may be idle if idle/
rated is being used, low idle if the auto start sequence is used, or the speed
setpoint’s Min Control setting if neither idle/rated or auto start sequence is used.

Woodward Governor Company 33


5009 Manual 85580V1

A ‘Start’ command may be issued from the PCI program, an external contact, or
through Modbus. If an External Start’ contact is programmed, a ‘Start’ command
is issued when the contact is closed. If the contact is closed prior to start-up it
must be opened and re-closed to issue a ‘Start’ command.

If turbine speed is sensed when a ‘Start’ command is issued, the control will
instantly set the Speed Setpoint to the sensed speed and hold for an operator
command or continue towards the next highest idle speed setting, depending on
the start mode selected. In the event the sensed turbine speed is greater than the
minimum controlling speed setting, the Speed Setpoint will match this sensed
speed, the Speed PID will control at this point, and the control will wait for further
action to be taken by the operator.

If turbine speed is first sensed within a critical speed band, the control will take
control of turbine speed, ramp the Speed Setpoint to the upper limit of the critical
speed band setting, and wait for action to be taken by the operator.

Manual Start The Manual Start Mode can be used to allow an operator to start the turbine via a
Mode hand-operated throttle valve. With this mode, when a start command is issued the
inlet HP valve will be raised to its maximum limit. For extraction turbines, this
maximum limit depends on the steam map parameters entered, and may be less
than 100%. When turbine speed increases to the minimum controlling speed (idle
or min control speed), the control’s Speed PID will take control of turbine speed
through positioning the turbine’s inlet HP valve. The following startup procedure
is employed when the Manual start mode is configured:
1. Issue a RESET command (to reset all alarms and shutdowns)
• If programmed for an extraction-only turbine, the LP valve position will
ramp to its maximum limit until extraction is enabled.
• If programmed for admission or ext/adm turbines, the LP valve position
will follow the turbine’s steam map to try to maintain zero flow.
2. Issue a START command (verify Trip & Throttle (T&T) valve is closed
before issuing)
• At this point the control will ramp open the governor (HP) valve to its
maximum position at the HP valve limiter rate.
• The Speed Setpoint will ramp from zero to its lowest speed setting at the
Rate-to-min rate.
3. Open HP T&T valve at a controlled rate
• When turbine speed increases to the minimum controlling speed, the
control’s Speed PID will take control of turbine speed through positioning
the turbine’s inlet HP valve.
4. Open HP T&T valve to 100%
• Speed will remain at the minimum controlling speed until action is taken
by the operator or the auto start sequence, if programmed, will continue
its sequence.

34 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

The HP valve limiter rate, and the rate-to-min settings are tunable via the PCI
program’s Service mode.

WARNING
The HP trip-and-throttle valve must be closed before pushing the
‘START’ key in Manual Start mode. If a START command is given
while the trip-and-throttle valve is open, there exists a possibility of
turbine runaway with resultant serious injury or loss of life.

Figure 4-1. Manual Start Mode Example

V1 Initial Position This option is only available when the control is configured to use the “Manual”
start mode. If used this function sets the V1 valve (HP) limiter to an initial preset
position upon a start command.

When using the “Manual” start mode, if this feature is not used the V1 (HP) valve
will ramp to 100% upon a start command. When using the “Manual” start mode,
with this feature configured, the V1 (HP) valve can be set to ramp to a specific
position (0 - 100%) upon a start command. A feature like this may be desirable to
increase the resolution of the Trip & Throttle valve, allowing an operator using the
T&T valve to have better control of turbine speed during startup.

The “V1 Init Position” programmed will be the percentage the inlet control (HP)
valve limiter is initialized to when a Start command is given. From this position
the limiter can be raised or lowered as desired. With this option, the HP Limiter
will need to be raised to 100% after the unit is started.

Woodward Governor Company 35


5009 Manual 85580V1

Semiautomatic The Semiautomatic Start Mode can be used to allow an operator to open the unit
Start Mode Trip & Throttle valve (T&T valve), then start the turbine by manually increasing
the control’s inlet HP valve limiter. With this mode, when a start command is
issued the inlet HP valve will stay at 0% until the control’s inlet HP valve limiter
is manually raised. The HP valve limiter can be raised, via PCI program, external
contact, or Modbus commands. When turbine speed increases to the minimum
controlling speed (idle or min control speed), the control’s Speed PID will take
control of turbine speed through positioning the turbine’s inlet HP valve. The
following startup procedure is employed when the Semiautomatic Start mode is
configured:
1. Issue a RESET command (to reset all alarms and shutdowns)
• If programmed for an extraction-only turbine, the LP valve position will
ramp to its maximum limit until extraction is enabled.
• If programmed for admission or ext/adm turbines, the LP valve position
will follow the turbine’s steam map to try to maintain zero flow.
2. Open the HP Trip & Throttle valve (verify that the turbine does not
accelerate).
3. Issue a START command.
• At this point the Speed Setpoint will ramp to its lowest speed setting at the
Rate-to-min rate.
4. Raise the control’s HP valve limiter at a controlled rate.
• When turbine speed increases to the minimum controlling speed, the
control’s Speed PID will take control of turbine speed through positioning
the turbine’s inlet HP valve.
5. Raise the control’s HP Valve Limiter to 100%.
• Speed will remain at the minimum controlling speed until action is taken
by the operator or the auto start sequence, if programmed, will continue
its sequence.

The HP valve limiter will open at the HP valve limiter rate and may be moved via
PCI, external contacts, or Modbus commands. The HP valve limiter rate, and the
rate-to-min settings are tunable via the PCI program’s Service mode.

36 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Figure 4-2. Semiautomatic Start Mode Example

Automatic Start The Automatic Start Mode can be used to allow an operator to open the unit Trip
Mode & Throttle valve (T&T valve), then start the turbine by issuing a Start command.
With this mode, when a start command is issued the inlet HP valve will ramp from
0% towards 100% until the control’s Speed PID takes control of the inlet HP
valve. The HP valve limiter is used to ramp the HP valve open and can be halted
at any time by momentarily issuing a HP valve limiter raise or lower command.
When turbine speed increases to the minimum controlling speed (idle or min
control speed), the control’s Speed PID will take control of turbine speed through
positioning the turbine’s inlet HP valve. The following startup procedure is
employed when the Automatic start mode is configured:
1. Issue a RESET command (to reset all alarms and shutdowns)
• If programmed for an extraction-only turbine, the LP valve position will
ramp to its maximum limit until extraction is enabled.
• If programmed for admission or ext/adm turbines, the LP valve position
will follow the turbine’s steam map to try to maintain zero flow.
2. Open the HP Trip & Throttle valve (verify that the turbine does not
accelerate)
3. Issue a START command
• At this point the 5009 will ramp open the HP valve limiter to its
maximum position at the HP valve limiter rate setting.
• The Speed Setpoint will ramp to its lowest speed setting at the Rate-to-
min rate.
• When turbine speed increases and matches the ramping Speed Setpoint,
the control’s Speed PID will take control of turbine speed through
positioning the turbine inlet HP valve.

Woodward Governor Company 37


5009 Manual 85580V1

• Speed will ramp up to and remain at the minimum controlling speed until
action is taken by the operator or the auto start sequence, if programmed,
will continue its sequence.

The automatic start routine may be aborted at any time by issuing a halt
command, HP valve limiter raise or lower commands, speed raise or lower
commands, or an Emergency Shutdown command. Once halted this routine can
be continued by issuing a continue command. The HP valve limiter rate, and the
rate-to-min settings are tunable via the PCI program’s Service mode.

Figure 4-3. Automatic Start Mode Example

Zero Speed The 5009 issues a shutdown if no speed signal is detected (i.e. magnetic pickup
Signal Override voltage less than 1Vrms or speed is less than the ‘Failed Speed Level’). To allow
the control to start with speed not being sensed, this shutdown logic must be
overridden. The control can be configured to provide an automatic speed override,
or allow a manual speed override. The status of the MPU override logic may be
viewed in the PCI program’s Service mode or through Modbus communications.
This override logic applies to both passive and active speed probes.
Automatic Speed Override: The control’s automatic speed override logic is
used, if the “Override Speed Sensor Fault” contact is not programmed. This logic,
overrides the “loss of speed detection circuit” when the turbine is being started, or
when any other shutdown command is given. During a turbine start routine, this
logic overrides the “loss of speed detection circuit” until the sensed turbine speed
exceeds the programmed failed speed level setting + 250 rpm. Once turbine speed
exceeds this level, the loss of speed detection circuit is enabled and the control
will execute a system shutdown if sensed speed drops below the failed speed level
setting.

38 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Alternatively, an Override Timer can be configured (in the PCI program’s Service
mode) as an extra level of protection. A sixty minute maximum time limit is
applied to a manual override command (as defaulted in the Service Mode). This
timer starts when the START command is initiated and re-arms the loss-of-speed
detection logic when the time expires. The 5009 will execute a system shutdown
if turbine speed is not above the ‘Failed Speed Level’ setting when the time
expires.
Manual Speed Override: Manual Speed override functionality is selected by
configuring an “Override Speed Sensor Fault” contact. If the ‘Override Speed
Sensor Fault’ function is assigned to a contact input, the ‘loss-of-speed detection
circuit’ is overridden as long as this contact is closed. Opening the assigned
contact input, enables the ‘loss of speed detection circuit”, and the control will
execute a system shutdown if sensed speed drops below the failed speed level
setting.

Alternatively, an Override timer can be configured (in the PCI program’s Service
mode) as an extra level of protection in the event the contact input is left closed. A
sixty minute maximum time limit is applied to a manual override command (as
defaulted in the Service Mode). This timer starts when a START command is
initiated and enables the ‘loss of speed detection circuit’ when the time expires.
The 5009 will execute a system shutdown if turbine speed is not above the ‘Failed
Speed Level’ setting when the time expires.

Start Permissible An external contact may be used as a turbine startup permissive. When configured
Contact for this functionality, the contact input must be closed in order for a ‘Start’
command to be executed. Should the contact be open when a ‘START’ command
is given, an alarm will be issued and the 5009 display will indicate that the start
permissive was not met. The contact must be closed, before the 5009 will accept a
‘START’ command. After a ‘START’ command has been accepted, the start
permissive contact has no effect on operation. If used, this input is typically
connected to a Trip & Throttle valve’s closed limit switch to verify that it is in the
closed position before a turbine startup is performed.

VALVE LIMITERS There are two valve limiters (HP & LP) available when the unit is programmed as
an extraction turbine control and only one (inlet, HP) when used in a non-
extraction control application. The HP and LP valve limiters are used to limit the
HP and LP valve outputs to aid in starting and shutting down the turbine and in
enabling of extraction control. In a non-extraction control, only the actuator #1
(HP) valve limiter is used. The limiters can be adjusted through the PCI program,
external contact closures, or Modbus commands.

In a non-extraction application, the output of actuator #1 valve limiter is the


output of the LSS bus. The lowest signal will control the actuator #1 valve
position. Thus, the actuator #1 valve limiter limits the maximum actuator #1 valve
position (and actuator #2 valve position, if configured).

In an extraction application, the output of the HP valve limiter is low-signal


selected with the output of the ratio/limiter. The lowest signal will control the HP
valve position. Thus, the HP valve limiter limits the maximum HP valve position.

Woodward Governor Company 39


5009 Manual 85580V1

The LP Limiter is only used when the unit is configured for extraction, admission,
or extraction/admission type turbines. The output of the LP valve limiter is high-
signal selected with the output of the ratio/limiter when configured for extraction
steam turbines, and low-signal selected when configured for admission or
extraction/admission steam turbines. Thus, the LP valve limiter limits the
minimum or maximum LP valve position depending on the configuration
selected.

Refer to the Starting Procedures section of this Volume for information on using
the valve limiters during start-up. Valve limiters also can be used to troubleshoot
system dynamic problems. If it is believed that the 5009 control is the source of
system instability, the valve limiters can be positioned to manually take over
control of the valve positions. Care should be taken when using the valve limiters
in this fashion, so as not to allow the system to reach a dangerous operating point.

The level of each valve limiter can be adjusted through the PCI program, contact
inputs, or Modbus communications. When raise or lower commands are received,
the respective limiter ramps up or down, at its programmed valve limiter rate. In
all cases a limiter’s range is defaulted to 0-100%. Each valve limiter’s rate and
maximum valve position setting can be adjusted via the PCI program’s Service
Mode.

V1 Initial Position The “V1 Initial Position” option is available when the control is configured to use
the “Manual” start mode. If used this function sets the V1 valve (HP) limiter to an
initial preset position upon a start command. The “V1 Init Position” programmed
will be the percentage the inlet control (HP) valve limiter is initialized to when a
Start command is given. From this position the limiter can be raised or lowered as
desired. With this option, the HP Limiter will need to be raised to 100% after the
unit is started.

Minimum HP And The minimum HP lift limiter is used with only Admission or Extraction
LP Lift Limiters applications to limit the HP valve’s minimum position above 0% to insure HP
section cooling steam. This limiter prevents the Ratio/Limiter from taking the HP
valve fully closed. Unless specified by the turbine manufacture, this setting should
be set to zero. The minimum HP lift limiter is only active if the following
conditions are true:
• Unit is programmed for Adm or Extr/Adm applications
• Ext/Adm control is enabled
• HP valve demand is above the Minimum HP lift limiter

The minimum LP lift limiter is used to limit the LP valve’s minimum position.
With the exception of shutdown conditions, this limiter is active at all times and
prevents the Ratio/Limiter from taking the LP valve fully closed. During
shutdown conditions the LP valve is taken fully closed. Unless specified by the
turbine manufacture, this setting should be set to zero.

40 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

TURBINE START Once a turbine is started and the control is controlling turbine speed, the Turbine
ROUTINES (IDLE Start Routine configured determines the control sequence used to bring the turbine
TO RATED) from an idle speed up to the turbine’s rated speed. The start routine configured and
minimum governor controlling speed will depend on normal plant starting
procedures and turbine manufacturer’s recommendations. Refer to the Turbine
Start Modes section of this chapter for details on this control’s starting features.

No Idle Used If this routine is used, once a ‘Start’ command is issued, the speed setpoint ramps
directly to the Speed setpoint’s Min-Control-setpoint setting at the “Speed
Setpoint Rate to Min Speed” rate. The control’s “Critical Speed avoidance”
function can not be used with this start routine.

Manual Raise/ This routine allows an idle speed to be used, and thus critical speed avoidance, but
lower does not provide any automatic idle speed to rated speed ramping action. The
speed setpoint must be increased manually with the speed setpoint raise command
to get from idle to rated. If this routine is used, once a ‘Start’ command is issued,
the speed setpoint ramps directly to the idle Speed setting at the “Speed Setpoint
Rate to Min Speed” rate.

Idle/rated Ramp This routine, upon command, ramps turbine speed from an idle speed setting to
the turbine’s rated speed setting at a configured rate. The ramp-to-rated command
can be issued through the PCI program, an external contact closure, or Modbus
communications.

The Idle/Rated function can be used with any start mode (manual, semiautomatic,
automatic). When a START command is issued, the Speed Setpoint will ramp
from zero RPM up to and hold at the idle setpoint setting. When a ramp-to-rated
command is given, the Speed Setpoint ramps to the rated setpoint setting at the
Idle/Rated rate setting. While ramping to rated speed, the setpoint can be stopped
at any time by a issuing a raise or lower speed command or directly entering a
valid entered Speed Setpoint.

The control will inhibit a ramp to idle speed or ramp to rated speed command if
the generator breaker is closed, remote Speed Setpoint is enabled, Cascade PID is
in control, or the Auxiliary PID is in control (as defaulted in the Service Mode, see
Volume 3). Alternatively, the Idle/Rated routine’s functionality can be changed,
via the Service Mode’s Use Idle and “Idle has priority over Rmt Speed, Casc,
Aux” selections. Refer the Volume 3 for details on these selections, and how they
can be used to change the Idle/Rated routine’s functionality.

Woodward Governor Company 41


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 4-4. Idle / Rated Start

Ramp-to-rated and ramp-to-idle commands may be issued via the PCI, a contact
input, or Modbus communications. The last command given from any of these
sources dictates the function performed.

If a contact input is configured for the “Idle/Rated” function, idle speed is selected
when the contact is open and rated speed is selected when it is closed. The Idle/
Rated contact can be either open or closed when all trip conditions are cleared. If
the contact is open, it must be closed to initiate a Ramp-to-Rated command. If the
contact is closed, it must be opened and re-closed to initiate a Ramp-to-Rated
command.

When the turbine is used for mechanical drive applications, rated speed may be
set at or above the minimum governor speed setting. When the turbine is used to
drive a generator, “rated speed” setpoint may be set at minimum governor speed,
at synchronous speed, or at any intermediate speed setting. All pertinent Idle/
Rated parameters are available through Modbus communications.

Auto Start This routine allows the control to perform a hot start routine, cold start routine, or
Sequence an in-between start routine depending on how long the turbine has been shutdown.
With this routine, the turbine’s starting ramp rates and idle speed hold times
change depending on the length of time the unit was shut down. This routine may
be used with any of the three start modes (manual, semiautomatic, automatic), and
is initiated by a START command.

42 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

This routine uses two idle settings or hold points between zero and rated speed,
referred to as low idle, and high idle. With this routine the Speed Setpoint ramps
to a low idle setpoint, holds at this setting for a duration (and until turbine speed is
at or above this setting), ramps to a high idle setpoint, holds at this setting for a
duration (and until turbine speed is at or above this setting), then ramps the Speed
Setpoint to a rated speed setting. All ramp rates and hold times are programmable
for both hot start and cold start conditions.

When a START command is given, the automatic start sequence logic determines
what ramp rates and delay times (at the idle settings) to use during the start
routine, based on the hours-since-trip timer. This timer starts when a shutdown has
been executed and turbine speed has decreased below the low idle speed setting.

Figure 4-5. Automatic Start Sequence

With this sequence, a set of hot-start ramp rates and hold times is programmed for
use when a START command is given and the turbine has been shutdown for less
than the programmed ‘HOT START’ time setting. A set of cold-start ramp rates
and hold times is also programmed for use when a START command is given and
the turbine has been shutdown for longer than the programmed ‘COLD START’
time setting.

Woodward Governor Company 43


5009 Manual 85580V1

If a turbine START command is given when the length of time the system has
been shutdown is between the ‘HOT START’ and ‘COLD START’ time settings,
the control will interpolate between the hot and cold programmed start values to
determine starting rates and hold times. For example, if the unit had the following
automatic start sequence settings:
COLD START (> xx HRS) = 22 HRS
HOT START (< xx HRS) = 2 HRS
LOW IDLE SETPT = 1000 RPM
LOW IDLE DELAY (COLD) = 30 MINIMUM
LOW IDLE DELAY (HOT) = 10 MINIMUM
HI IDLE SETPT = 2000 RPM
RATE TO HI IDLE (COLD) = 5 RPM/SEC
RATE TO HI IDLE (HOT) = 15 RPM/SEC
HI IDLE DELAY TIME (COLD) = 20 MINIMUM
HI IDLE DELAY TIME (HOT) = 30 MINIMUM
RATE TO RATED (COLD) = 10 RPM/SEC
RATE TO RATED (HOT) = 20 RPM/SEC
RATED SETPT = 3400 RPM

If the unit was tripped for 12 hours, the control would interpolate between the hot
and cold parameters and use the following rates and delays (viewed in the Service
Mode, see Volume 3):
LOW IDLE DELAY = 20 MINIMUM
RATE TO HI IDLE = 10 RPM/SEC
HI IDLE DELAY = 10 MINIMUM
RATE TO RATED = 15 RPM/SEC

Based on the example’s configuration and trip time, the Speed Setpoint would
ramp to 1000 rpm at the rate to minimum setting and hold for 20 minutes (turbine
speed must also be at or above 1000rpm), move to 2000 rpm at 10 rpm/sec and
hold there for 10 minutes, and lastly, move to 3400 rpm at 15 rpm/sec. At 3400
rpm, the sequence would be completed. If the unit was tripped for 2 hours or less
and restarted, the control would use the hot start parameters. If the unit was
tripped for 22 hours or longer and restarted, the control would use the cold start
parameters.

NOTE
The control will automatically set the hours-since-trip timer to its
maximum setting after a power up or upon exiting the Program
mode. The hours-since-trip timer will reset only when a unit trip has
occurred and turbine speed has decreased below the minimum
governor speed setting.

The auto start sequence can be halted or continued at any time through the PCI, a
contact input, or Modbus communications. The last command given from any of
these three sources determines the mode of operation. The routine can be halted
by a halt command, a raise or lower Speed Setpoint command, or by directly
entering a valid Speed Setpoint.

44 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

When the sequence is halted, the delay timers do not stop if they have already
started counting down. The sequence will resume when a continue command is
issued. If there were 15 minutes remaining to hold at an idle speed and the halt
command was issued for 10 minutes before a issuing a continue command, the
sequence would remain at the idle speed for the remainder of the hold time, which
in this example is 5 minutes.

Alternatively, this routine can be configured via the Service mode to halt at each
idle setting until given an continue command. By selecting the “Automatically
Halt at Idle Setpoints” option in the Service mode, the control will then halt at
each idle setting and wait for a continue command to be given by the operator.
Optionally a relay can be programmed to indicate when the auto start sequence is
halted.

If a 5009 contact input is programmed to function as a halt/continue command,


the sequence is halted when the contact is open, and continued when the contact is
closed. The halt/continue contact can be either open or closed when a reset
command is given. If the contact is closed, it must be opened to allow the
sequence to be halted. If the contact is open, it must be closed and reopened to
halt.

Critical Speed In many turbines it is desirable to avoid certain speeds or speed ranges (or pass
Avoidance through them as quickly as possible) due to excessive turbine vibration or other
factors. This control allows up to two critical speed ranges to be configured. The
idle/rated or auto start sequence functions must be programmed to allow critical
speed avoidance to be configured.

The Speed Setpoint cannot be stopped in the critical band. If a raise or lower
Speed Setpoint command is issued while in a critical band, the Speed Setpoint
will ramp up or down (depending on raise or lower command) until out of the
critical range. Since the lower Speed Setpoint has priority over a raise setpoint,
issuing a lower command while increasing through the band will reverse the
setpoint direction and return it to the lower limit of the band. If a lower Speed
Setpoint command is given while in a critical band, turbine speed must reach the
bottom of the band before another command can be executed.

A Speed Setpoint value cannot be directly entered within the programmed critical
speed band settings. In the event this is attempted, an error message will appear
over the Modbus ports. The speed setpoint can be directly entered via the PCI
program’s Start mode “SET” function, or through Modbus.

If another controlling parameter, besides the Speed PID, drives the turbine’s speed
into a critical band for longer than five seconds, the Speed Setpoint will instantly
go to the idle setting and a “Stuck in Critical” alarm will occur.

Woodward Governor Company 45


5009 Manual 85580V1

During a startup routine if the Speed PID cannot accelerate the unit though a
critical speed band within a calculated length of time, a stuck in critical alarm will
be issued and the Speed Setpoint will instantly return to idle. The calculated
length of time is a value of five times the length of time it should normally take to
accelerate through the band (based on the critical speed rate & range). If the stuck
in critical alarm occurs on a regular basis, it may be indicating that the critical
speed rate is set too fast for the turbine to respond to.

Critical speed bands are defined in the Program mode on the Start Settings page
(see Volume 3). All critical speed band settings must be set between the idle speed
and the minimum governor Speed Setpoint settings. A configuration error will
occur if an idle setpoint is programmed within a critical speed band. The rate in
which the Speed Setpoint moves through a critical speed band is set by the critical
speed rate setting. The critical speed rate setting should be set no higher than the
turbine’s rated maximum acceleration rate.

SPEED Turbine speed is sensed through one to four MPU’s or proximity probes. The
CONTROL MPU gear ratio and the teeth seen by MPU settings are configured to allow the
OVERVIEW 5009 to calculate actual turbine speed. Any combination of MPUs and proximity
probes can be used at the same time. However, they must be mounted on the same
gear since the gear ratio and teeth seen by the MPU must be the same for all four
inputs. The 5009’s Speed PID compares this speed signal to a setpoint to generate
a speed/load demand signal to the Ratio/Limiter in an extraction and/or admission
turbine, and to the low signal select bus for a non-extraction turbine.

46 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Figure 4-6. Speed Control Functional Diagram

SPEED PID The Speed PID operates in one of the following modes, depending on
OPERATIONAL configuration and system conditions:
MODES
1. Speed Control
2. Frequency Control
3. Unit Load Control (droop)
• Turbine HP and LP valve position control
• Generator Load control

Speed Control When not programmed for generator applications, the 5009 Speed PID operates in
a Speed Control mode at all times. When programmed for generator applications,
the state of the generator and utility tie breakers determine the operational mode
of the Speed PID. If the generator breaker contact is open, the Speed PID operates
in a Speed Control mode. If the generator breaker is closed and the utility tie
breaker is open, the Frequency Control mode is selected. When both the generator
and utility tie breakers are closed a unit load control mode is selected.

Woodward Governor Company 47


5009 Manual 85580V1

While in the Speed Control mode, the Speed PID will control a turbine at the same
speed or frequency regardless of the load it is supplying (up to the unit’s load
capability). With this configuration, no form of droop or second controlling
parameter is used by the PID for stability or control. Refer to Figure 5-5.

All pertinent Speed Control parameters are available through the 5009 PC
Interface and Modbus.

Figure 4-7. Speed PID Control Modes

48 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Frequency The following Frequency Control mode descriptions are based on the 5009
Control program’s default settings. For information on how to change the 5009’s defaulted
breaker logic, refer to Volume #3 of this manual.

The Speed PID operates in a Frequency Control mode when the generator breaker
is closed and the utility tie breaker is open. In this mode the unit will operate at the
same speed or frequency regardless of the load it is supplying (up to the unit’s
load capability). Refer to Figure 5-5.

When breaker positions result in the Speed PID switching to Frequency Control,
the Speed Setpoint is instantly stepped to the last turbine speed (frequency) sensed
before Frequency Control was selected. This allows a bumpless transfer between
modes. If the last speed sensed was not at the rated Speed Setpoint (synchronous
speed) setting, the Speed Setpoint will ramp to the rated Speed Setpoint setting at
a defaulted rate of 1 rpm/sec (tunable through the Service mode, see Volume 3).

In the Frequency Control mode the Speed Setpoint can be varied with the Speed
Setpoint raise/lower commands, as desired, to allow manual synchronization
across a tie breaker to an infinite bus. See the synchronization section in this
Chapter.

For indication purposes, a relay can be programmed to energize when the unit is in
Frequency Control.

Unit Load Control The 5009’s Speed PID can control two independent parameters when the
generator breaker is closed; frequency when the generator is isolated, and unit
load when the generator is paralleled with an infinite bus. When the 5009’s
generator and utility tie breaker inputs are both closed, the Speed PID operates in
a unit load mode. This method of allowing a PID to control a second parameter is
referred to as droop.

Giving the Speed PID two parameters to control allows it to control unit load and
act as a stabilizing effect for any change in bus frequency. With this configuration,
when bus frequency decreases or increases, unit load increases and decreases
respectively, based on the unit’s droop setting. The net effect is a more stable bus.
See Figure 5-6 for a frequency and load relationship diagram.

Woodward Governor Company 49


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 4-8. Frequency and Unit Load Relationship

The term “droop” was derived from an isolated unit’s speed reaction to an
increase in load when another parameter (unit load) is fed back to a Speed PID’s
summing junction. The droop term, as used throughout this manual, refers to a
PID’s second controlling parameter. A second parameter representing unit load is
fed back into the 5009’s Speed PID to allow it to control two parameters; speed
when operating in an isolated mode and unit load when paralleled to an infinite
bus. See Figure 5-6

Because the 5009’s Speed PID and setpoint are used to control turbine speed and a
second parameter, this second parameter (unit load) is normalized to allow all
three terms (speed, setpoint, unit load) to be summed together within the PID
summing junction. This normalization is based on a percentage of rated speed and
creates a direct relationship between unit load and the Speed PID’s setpoint. Once
unit load (0-100%) is represented as a percent of rated speed, the Speed Setpoint
can be varied by this percent, above rated speed, to increase load from 0-100%
when paralleled to the utility. Unit load is converted to a percentage of rated speed
as shown in the following example calculation:
DROOP % x (gen load or valve positions-%) x rated speed = setpoint
change in RPM
Example: 5% x 100% x 3600 rpm = 180 rpm
For this example when paralleled to a utility bus, the Speed Setpoint can
be adjusted from 3600 rpm to 3780 rpm to vary unit load from 0 to 100%.

Droop feedback allows the Speed PID to control unit load (generator power or HP
& LP valve positions) once it is paralleled with a utility bus or other generating

50 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

systems which do not have droop or loadsharing capability. When a turbine


generator set is paralleled with a utility bus, the utility determines the unit
frequency/speed, thus the 5009 must control another parameter.

The 5009 senses unit load through the turbine HP and LP valve positions or an
analog input from a watt transducer sensing generator load. HP and LP valve
positions are sensed by their respective 0-100% actuator drive currents. Thus the
calibration of drive current to actual valve position is very critical, and should be
adjusted as close as possible.

It is recommended that a Woodward Real Power Sensor (RPS) or equivalent watt


transducer be used to sense generator load and feed it back to the 5009’s KW input
for KW droop control. However, if KW droop is not used or programmed, the
5009 uses a calculated load value based off of turbine’s HP and LP valve positions
when paralleled with an infinite bus. If, while controlling generator load, the KW
input signal fails, the 5009 will issue an alarm and revert to its internal calculated
load value.

NOTE
When using one of the Ratio/Limiter’s decoupled modes it is
recommended that KW droop not be used. Since unit power is
effected by the position of both valves, using KW droop would
reduce the desired decoupling action.

If the 5009 is programmed to control unit load using turbine valve positions, the
5009 calculates load based on the valve positions at the time the generator breaker
is closed. The valve positions at this point are considered to be zero load. In a
typical application, where inlet and exhaust pressures are at rated levels when the
generator breaker is closed, this zero load calculation allows unit load to be
accurately sensed and controlled.

Speed Setpoint The Speed PID’s setpoint may be adjusted from the 5009 PC Interface, contact
inputs, Modbus, or through a 4-20mA analog input. A specific setpoint setting can
also be directly entered through the 5009 PC Interface or Modbus
communications. The Cascade PID also directly controls this setpoint when it is
used.

The Speed Setpoint range must be defined in the program mode. The minimum
and maximum governor Speed Setpoints define the normal operating speed range
of the turbine. The Speed Setpoint cannot be raised above the maximum governor
Speed Setpoint setting unless an overspeed test is performed. Once the Speed
Setpoint is taken above the minimum governor Speed Setpoint, it cannot be varied
below this setting again unless the Idle/Rated ramp to idle command is selected or
a controlled stop is selected.

Woodward Governor Company 51


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 4-9. Speed Relationships

Once turbine speed is equal to or greater than the minimum governor Speed
Setpoint, the Speed Setpoint may be adjusted through discrete raise and lower
commands. When a raise or lower speed command is issued, the setpoint moves at
the programmed Speed Setpoint slow rate. If a speed raise/lower command is
selected for longer than three seconds, the Speed Setpoint will then move at a
faster rate which is three times the Speed Setpoint slow rate. The Speed Setpoint
slow rate, fast rate delay, and fast rate can all be adjusted in the Service Mode (see
volume 3).

The Speed Setpoint may be set to a specific level by entering a setpoint value
through the 5009 PC Interface or Modbus communications. After a valid setpoint
value is entered and accepted, the setpoint will ramp at the Speed Setpoint slow
rate (defaulted setting) to the newly entered setpoint value. This ramp rate may be
changed from its defaulted value in the Service Mode.

When the 5009 is configured for a generator application, a special Speed Setpoint
rate (sync window rate) is used to increase setpoint resolution around synchronous
speed. This allows for tighter setpoint control to accommodate synchronizing
manually or by an automatic synchronizer which interfaces to the 5009 discretely.
This sync window rate is defaulted to two rpm/sec and is only used when the
generator breaker is open and the Speed Setpoint is within 10 rpm of rated speed.
Both the synchronizing rate and the synchronizing window are tunable in the
Service Mode.

When configured for generator applications a minimum load setpoint is used by


the 5009 to reduce the chance of reverse powering a unit upon closing the
generator breaker. With the utility tie breaker closed, when a generator breaker
closed indication is received, the Speed Setpoint is stepped to the minimum load
setting. The minimum load setting is defaulted to 3% above rated speed (tuneable
in the Service Mode). The minimum load setting can be disabled in the service
mode.

Frequency Arm/ The frequency arm/disarm feature may be used when multiple generator sets are
Disarm on a common isolated bus and no other type of loadsharing is used. With this
feature, one unit on a multiple unit isolated bus controls frequency and the other
units operate in a unit-load mode. The unit controlling frequency is referred to as
the “Swing Machine” because its load will swing (vary) depending on the load of

52 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

the plant. Caution should be taken with this configuration to not allow the “Swing
Machine” to be overloaded or reverse powered.

This feature allows an operator to select one unit out of all the units on an isolated
bus to function as the swing machine and to change the operating swing machine
while in operation. The other units on the bus then operate in a drooped or
baseloaded mode. Frequency Control can be armed or disarmed while connected
to an isolated or infinite bus, however, when armed, a unit will switch to
Frequency Control if the plant to utility tie breaker opens. When disarmed, a unit
will stay in a unit-load control mode when the plant-to-utility tie breaker opens.

To use this feature, frequency arm/disarm must be programmed, the sync/load


sharing mode cannot be programmed, and a discrete command must be
programmed. The frequency arm/disarm mode can be selected from a
programmed contact input, PC Interface, or Modbus. When the programmed
contact input is closed the unit’s Frequency Control mode is armed. When the
programmed contact input is open the unit’s Frequency Control mode is disarmed.

Depending on a unit’s size and running status, an operator may select which unit
is designated as the plant Frequency Control unit should the plant-to-utility tie
breaker open. Frequency Control can be armed at any time, but it will only go into
control when the generator breaker is closed and the utility tie breaker is open.

CAUTION
Only one unit at a time should have its’ Frequency Control mode
armed. If multiple units try to control plant frequency at the same
time they may fight and cause system instability, with the potential of
damage to the equipment due to overloading or reverse powering a
machine.

If the frequency arm/disarm function is disabled, Frequency Control is always


armed and the unit will go into Frequency Control when the utility tie contact is
open. If the frequency arm/disarm function is enabled then Frequency Control
must first be armed before the unit will switch into Frequency Control when the
utility tie contact is open.

Dual Speed The Speed PID has two sets of dynamics; Off-Line and On-Line. When a system
Dynamics has variable response times, do to changing system conditions, these dynamic
variables allow the Speed PID to be tuned for optimal response.

When the 5009 is configured for a generator application, the utility tie and
generator breakers determine which set of dynamics is used by the Speed PID.
The Speed PID’s Off-Line dynamics are selected when either the utility tie or
generator breakers are open. The Speed PID’s On-Line dynamics are selected if
both breakers are closed (see Table 5-1).

Woodward Governor Company 53


5009 Manual 85580V1

When not configured for a generator application, the 5009 uses the programmed
minimum governor Speed Setpoint’ setting to determine which set of dynamic
values are used by the Speed PID. The Speed PID’s off-line dynamics are selected
when turbine speed is below the minimum governor Speed Setpoint. The Speed
PID’s On-Line dynamics are selected when turbine speed is above the minimum
governor Speed Setpoint. (see Table 5-1).

Optionally a contact input may be programmed to chose between on and off line
dynamics. When this contact input is programmed, the switching of the Speed
PID’s dynamics is dependent only on the state of the programmed contact. The
utility tie and generator breaker positions (generator applications), and the
minimum speed setting status (non-generator applications) do not effect dynamics
selection. When the programmed contact input is open, Off-Line dynamics are
selected. When the programmed contact input is closed, On-Line dynamics are
selected.

A relay can be programmed to indicate which dynamics are selected.

Dynamic values are defined in the Program Mode and tunable at any time. Refer
to the Dynamic Adjustments section in this manual.

ON-LINE DYNAMICS OFF-LINE DYNAMICS


CONFIGURATION
SELECTED SELECTED

GENERATOR SET BOTH BREAKERS CLOSED EITHER BREAKER OPEN

NOT A GEN SET SPEED > MINIMUM GOV SETTING SPEED< MINIMUM GOV SETTING

*CONTACT INPUT CLOSED OPEN

* when programmed, the contact input option has priority,.


Table 4-1. On-Line / Off-Line Dynamics Selection

Remote Speed The Speed Setpoint can be positioned remotely through an analog signal by
Setpoint programming the Remote Speed Setpoint (RSS) analog input. This allows the
Speed Setpoint to be set remotely by a process control or distributed plant control
system.

The RSS range is determined by the programmed analog input’s 4mA and 20mA
settings. The RSS range is tunable in the Service Mode, but cannot control outside
of the minimum and maximum governor Speed Setpoints.

Since RSS is a secondary speed setting function, the Speed PID must be in-control
of the 5009’s LSS bus to allow the RSS to position the actuator. When configured
as a generator application, the RSS will not take control unless both breakers are
closed and the Speed PID is in control. When configured as a non-generator
application, turbine speed must reach minimum governor before the RSS can take
control. The cascade and auxiliary (if configured to be enabled/disabled) controls
are automatically disabled if RSS is enabled.

54 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

The RSS may be enabled or disabled from the 5009 PC Interface, external contact
or Modbus. The last command given from any of these three sources dictates the
enabled/disabled state.

A contact input can be programmed to perform as an external RSS enable. When


this programmed contact is open the RSS is disabled, and when it is closed the
RSS is enabled. The contact may be either open or closed when a trip condition is
cleared. If the contact is open it must be closed to enable the RSS. If the contact is
closed it must be opened and re-closed to enable the RSS.

If the milliamp signal to the RSS is out of range (below 2 mA or above 22 mA) an
alarm will occur and the RSS will be inhibited until the input signal is corrected
and the alarm is cleared.

Remote Speed The RSS may be in one of the following states (5009 PC Interface status
Setpoint Status messages):
Messages
• Disabled- The RSS function is not enabled and will have no effect on the
Speed Setpoint.
• Enabled- RSS control has been enabled.
• Active- RSS is in control of the Speed Setpoint, but the Speed PID is not
in control of the actuator output.
• In Control- RSS is in control of the Speed Setpoint and the Speed PID is
in control of the actuator output.
• Inhibited- RSS cannot be enabled. The input signal has failed, a
controlled stop is selected, the unit is shut down, or RSS is not
programmed.

If, when enabled, the RSS does not match the Speed Setpoint value, the Speed
Setpoint will ramp to the RSS at the “RSS Not-Matched-Rate. Once the RSS
function is “in control” of the Speed Setpoint, the Speed Setpoint will move at the
same rate as analog input value, up to the “Rmt Sept Max Rate setting” rate. (i.e.
If the RSS maximum rate was set at 10 rpm/sec and the RSS instantly moved from
3600 rpm to 3700 rpm, the Speed Setpoint will move to 3700 rpm at 10 rpm/sec.)

Refer to Volume #3 of this manual for information on related Service Mode


tunables.

All pertinent RSS parameters are available through Modbus.

Synchronization Automatic generator synchronization can be performed through a Woodward


Digital Synchronizer & Load Control (DSLC). The DSLC connects to a 5009
analog input to bias the 5009’s Speed Setpoint directly to vary generator speed,
frequency and phase. Optionally the DSLC can interface with the unit voltage
regulator to match system voltage across a generator breaker.

Woodward Governor Company 55


5009 Manual 85580V1

When the 5009 is configured for a generator application, a special Speed Setpoint
rate (synchronizer window rate) is used to increase setpoint resolution around
synchronous speed. This allows for tighter setpoint control to accommodate
synchronizing manually or by an automatic synchronizer which interfaces to the
5009 discretely. This rate is only used when the generator breaker is open the
Speed Setpoint is within 10 RPM of rated speed (tunable through the Service
mode).

The DSLC can be used as a synchronizer only or as a synchronizer and load


control. When the DSLC is used as a synchronizer only, the 5009 must be
configured to accept the DSLC’s analog speed bias signal and have this input
enabled. To configure the 5009 to utilize a DSLC as a synchronizer-only, assign
the “Synchronizing Input” function to an analog input. The Synchronizer Input
has preset range and gain settings that are tunable only in the Service Mode. Thus
the 4mA and 20mA Program Mode settings for the synchronizing input are
irrelevant.

Alternatively the “Sync Enable” function can be assigned to a contact input for
external synchronizer selection. The synchronizer enable command becomes
disabled when the generator breaker closes. To re-enable this input the
synchronizer enable contact must be opened and re-closed. Typically a double
pole single throw (DPST) switch is used on a site’s synchronizer control panel to
select automatic synchronizing by enabling both the DSLC sync mode and 5009’s
Sync Enable function at the same time.

The Sync Enable function can be performed through the PCI program, an external
contact (as described above), or Modbus communications. See Volume #3 of this
manual or Woodward manual 02007 for more information on applying the DSLC.

Synchronization • Disabled- The synchronizing input is disabled and will have no effect on
Status Messages the Speed Setpoint.
• Enabled- The synchronizing input has been enabled.
• In Control- The synchronizing input is biasing the Speed Setpoint.
• Inhibited- The synchronizing input is inhibited and cannot be enabled.
Input signal is failed, both the utility tie and generator breakers are closed,
the turbine is shut down, a controlled shutdown is being performed, or
synchronizing control is not programmed.

Synchronization / A Woodward Digital Synchronizer & Load Control (DSLC) is used with a 5009 to
Loadsharing allow automatic generator synchronization to a bus and the sharing of load with
other units (using DSLCs on the same bus). The DSLC is a microprocessor based
generator load control designed for use on three-phase AC generators with
Woodward Speed Controls and automatic voltage regulators.

56 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

A DSLC with VAR/Power Factor control, allows all units with DSLCs to reactive
load share as well as real power load share. The DSLC senses unit load through
generator PTs & CTs and system load through the DSLC LON network (a
combination of all units on the network). The DSLC uses an Echelon network to
communicate with other DSLCs on the same bus.

When used as a synchronizer and load control, the DSLC performs automatic
synchronization and controls unit load based on an internal base-load setting, a
system average load setting, a process loop’s control setting, or a Master
Synchronizer & Load Control’s (MSLC) demand setting.

After synchronization, unit load can be controlled by the DSLC (through the sync/
load share input) or by the 5009’s internal speed/load setpoint. The utility tie
breaker contact is used to select which of these units controls and determines unit
load. When the Utility Tie contact input is closed, the 5009’s internal load control
is selected and the Speed PID setpoint is used to control unit load. In this mode,
the Cascade or Auxiliary Control PIDs may be used to set unit load based on
another system parameter. When the Utility Tie contact input is open, the “Sync/
Loadshare” bias input is selected, and the DSLC determines unit load via its
Speed bias output.

To configure the 5009 to utilize a DSLC for generator synchronizing and/or load
sharing the “Sync/Load Share” function must be assigned to an analog input.
Alternatively the “Sync Enable" function can be assigned to a contact input for
external synchronizer selection only. The sync/load share input has preset range
and gain settings that are tunable only in the Service Mode (see Volume #3). Thus
the 4mA and 20mA Program Mode settings for the Synchronizing input are
irrelevant.

The Sync Enable function can be performed through the PCI program, an external
contact (as described above), or Modbus communications. See Volume #3 of this
manual or Woodward manual 02007 for more information on applying the DSLC.

Woodward Governor Company 57


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 4-10. Loadsharing Logic

A combination of the utility tie breaker contact, generator breaker contact, and
sync/load share enable contact define the state of the 5009’s synchronizing and
loadsharing operating modes (See Table 5-2).

The utility tie breaker contact input is used to enable and disable load sharing
when the generator breaker is closed. If the utility tie contact is open, loadsharing
is enabled, and the 5009’s internal Speed PID droop, cascade, and auxiliary modes
are disabled (as defaulted in Service Mode). If the utility tie contact is closed
loadsharing is disabled and the 5009’s Speed PID droop, cascade, and auxiliary
modes are enabled.

The generator breaker contact input is used in conjunction with the utility tie
contact to activate loadsharing.

58 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

The sync/load share enable contact input option is used to enable the sync/load
share analog input before the generator breaker is closed. This discrete enable/
disable function is ignored after the generator breaker is closed, and must be re-
selected after the generator breaker opens. Typically a double pole single throw
(DPST) switch is used on a site’s synchronizer control panel to select automatic
synchronizing by enabling both the DSLC sync mode and 5009 analog input at the
same time.

Table 4-2. Loadsharing Logic

Sync/Load Share • Disabled- The sync/load share input is disabled and will have no effect on
Status Messages the Speed Setpoint.
• Enabled- The sync/load share input has been enabled.
• In Control- The sync/load share input is biasing the Speed Setpoint.
• Inhibited- The sync/load share input cannot be enabled. The input signal
is failed, the turbine is shut down, a controlled shutdown is being
performed, or the sync/load share feature is not programmed.

All pertinent synchronizing and loadsharing parameters are available through


Modbus.

EXTRACTION, The control (extraction, admission, or extraction/admission) can receive up to


ADMISSION OR three input (4-20 mA) signals from pressure or flow transducers. The Ext/Adm
EXTR/ADM PID controller then compares the voted good input signal to its setpoint to
TURBINE generate an output signal to the Ratio/Limiter. The Ratio/Limiter receives input
CONTROL signals from the Speed/Aux LSS bus and the Ext/Adm PID. The ratio logic ratios
these signals based on the turbine performance parameters to produce two output
signals, one to control the HP valve and one to control the LP valve. The limiter
logic keeps the outputs to the valves within the boundaries of the turbine steam
map.

Woodward Governor Company 59


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 4-11. Ext/Adm Control Diagram

Extraction-Only When configured to operate single controlled extraction steam turbines, the
Turbine Control control manages the interaction between the turbine’s governor valve (HP) and
extraction valve (LP) valve to control two turbine related parameters at the same
time. With this type of configuration, the control’s LP valve limiter is high signal
selected with LP Valve demand output, allowing an operator to manually limit
extraction flow if desired.

During turbine startup the LP valve limiter (and LP Valve) is held at 100% to
allow the inlet steam to pass non-restricted through the turbine’s front and back-
sections. After a shutdown, and before a turbine start, the LP valve limiter is
ramped to its 100% position upon issuing a reset command to the control. This
allows the turbine to warm-up and expand evenly, before starting the turbine.
Upon a shutdown condition, the LP valve limiter is taken to 0%.

60 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

The Extraction PID can be enabled automatically or manually. Extraction control


is enabled by lowering the LP valve limiter to its 0% position. After a start-up, the
HP and LP valve limiters should normally both be fully open. If the HP valve
limiter is not fully opened, it will act as a speed/load limiter and will interfere with
automatic governor operation. Typically, a turbine is controlled at a rated speed
setting or loaded to a minimum load point before Extraction Control is enabled.
All related Extraction permissives must be met before the 5009 will allow the
Extraction PID to take control of a process. The enable permissives are:
• Ext/Adm input not failed
• Turbine speed above programmed permissive speed
• Generator breaker closed (if configured)
• Tie breaker closed (if configured)
Manual Enable/Disable. To manually enable Extraction Control slowly lower
the LP valve limiter until the Extraction PID takes control of its process, then
continue running the LP valve limiter to its minimum (closed) position. If the LP
valve limiter is not fully closed, it will act as an Extraction limiter and will
interfere with automatic governor operation. All related Extraction permissives
must be met and Extraction Control enabled before the 5009 will allow the LP
valve limiter to be lowered.

To disable Extraction Control slowly raise the LP valve limiter until the
Extraction PID loses control of its respective process. Continue running the LP
valve limiter to its maximum (open) position.
Automatic Enable/disable. If the “Use Automatic Enable” function is
selected, the LP valve can be lowered automatically by issuing an “Ext/Adm
Control Enable” command. After receiving an enable command, the 5009 will
automatically lower the LP valve limiter at the LP valve limiter rate. Once the
Extraction PID takes control of its process, the LP valve limiter will continue
lowering to its minimum (closed) position.

The LP valve limiter may be stopped at any time during the automatic enabling
routine by momentarily issuing a LP limiter raise or lower command (or by
entering a valid setpoint). Upon stopping the automatic enabling routine from
lowering the LP valve limiter, the Extraction PIDs output will still continue to be
enabled. This allows an operator to continue the enabling routine manually as
desired. By re-issuing an enable command, the enable routine will continue
lowering the LP valve limiter. If a contact is programmed for this function it will
have to be opened and re-closed to re-issue an enable command.

The 5009 only accepts an Extraction enable command if all related permissives
are met (see above list). An enable/disable command may be issued through the
PCI, a contact input, or Modbus. The last command given from any of these three
sources dictates the state of the Extraction Control.

Woodward Governor Company 61


5009 Manual 85580V1

When a contact input is programmed to function as an “Ext/Adm Control Enable”


command, a closed state represents an enable command and an open state
represents a disable command. This contact can either be open or closed when a
5009 trip condition is cleared. If the contact is open it must be closed to issue an
enable command. If the contact is closed, it must be opened and re-closed to issue
an enable command.

Upon receiving a disable command the 5009 will instantly step the LP valve
limiter to the LP valve’s current position and then raise the LP limiter to its
maximum (open) position at the LP valve limiter rate. At some point, depending
on system conditions, the Extraction PID will lose control of its process.

The LP valve limiter may be stopped at any time during the automatic disabling
routine by momentarily issuing an LP limiter raise or lower command. Once
stopped, an operator can continue to manually adjust the valve limiter as desired
or issue a disable command. By issuing a disable command the disable routine
will continue raising the LP valve limiter to its maximum (open) position. With
automatic Extraction enabling programmed, an operator can also enable and
disable extraction control manually if desired.

Admission-only The procedure for enabling the Ext/Adm PID with admission or extraction/
Or Extraction/ admission applications is the same. In all cases it is assumed that an external trip
admission valve or a trip-and-throttle valve is used to completely stop any admission steam
Turbine Control from entering the turbine upon a system shutdown condition.

Admission or Extraction/Admission Control can be enabled and performed after


one of the three starts has been performed. After a start-up, the HP and LP valve
limiters should normally both be fully open. If either limiter is not fully opened, it
will interfere with automatic governor operation.
Demand Setpoint. To perform a bumpless transfer into Ext/Adm Control the
pressures on each side of the admission trip valve or T&T valve should be
matched, before control is enabled. The Ext/Adm Demand setpoint is used to
manually change a unit’s flow demand, thus the turbine’s internal pressure at the
admission header’s inlet. An operator must manually vary the Ext/Adm Demand
setpoint to manually match the turbine’s internal pressure to that of the pressure
on the plant side of the Ext/Adm T&T valve.

The Demand setpoint is a manual admission or ext/adm flow demand, and allows
an operator to manually change the turbine’s adm or ext/adm flow. When the Ext/
Adm PID is not enabled, this flow setpoint is the “P” term input into the control’s
Ratio/Limiter. This flow demand setpoint is defaulted to 100% for Admission
turbines, and to a calculated zero ext/adm flow point for Extr/Adm turbines. All
default settings can be changed via the PCI program’s Service mode.

62 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

The following procedure allows a bumpless transfer into Admission or Extraction/


Admission Control to be performed. The Admission or Extraction/Admission
enabling procedure is:
1. Verify that all Ext/Adm enable permissives are met.
2. Match the Ext/Adm setpoint to that of the pressure on the plant side of the
Ext/Adm T&T valve. (Skip this step if setpoint tracking is used).
3. Vary the Ext/Adm Demand setpoint to match the turbine’s internal Ext/Adm
pressure to the pressure on the plant side of the Ext/Adm T&T valve.
4. Open the Ext/Adm T&T valve.
5. Issue an Adm or Ext/Adm Control Enable command.

All functions required to bumplessly enable and disable Adm or Ext/Adm Control
can be performed through the PCI program, contact inputs, or Modbus. The
control only accepts an enable command if all related permissives are met. An
enable/disable command may be issued through the PCI program, a contact input,
or Modbus. The last command given from any of these three sources dictates the
state of the Adm or Ext/Adm Control.

When a contact input is programmed to function as an “Ext/Adm Control Enable”


command, a closed state represents an enable command and an open state
represents a disable command. This contact can either be open or closed when a
5009 trip condition is cleared. If the contact is open it must be closed to issue an
enable command. If the contact is closed, it must be opened and re-closed to issue
an enable command. The following procedure allows Adm or Ext/Adm Control to
be disabled in a controlled manner:
1. Issue a Disable Adm or Ext/Adm Control command. At this point the Ext/
Adm Demand setpoint will step to the Extraction PID’s last position, take
control of the process from the PID, then ramp back to the default flow
demand setting.
2. If necessary manually adjust the ext/adm demand setpoint to reach zero
extraction/admission flow.
3. Close the extraction/admission Trip-and-Throttle valve.

EXT/ADM Control • Disabled - Ext/Adm Control is not enabled and will have no effect.
Status Messages
• Enabled - Ext/Adm has been enabled but is not active or in control.
Permissives have not been met (speed < ext/adm enable speed or
generator or tie breaker open).
• Active / Not in Control - Ext/Adm has been enabled but the turbine is on
a operating limit with speed priority selected or the LP valve limiter is
limiting the Ext/Adm PID output.
• In Control - Ext/Adm PID is in control of its process.

Woodward Governor Company 63


5009 Manual 85580V1

• Active With Remote Setpoint - Ext/Adm has been enabled and the
remote Ext/Adm setpoint is in control of the setpoint, but the turbine is on
a operating limit with speed priority selected or the LP valve limiter is
limiting Ext/Adm PID output.
• Control w/Remote Setpoint - Ext/Adm is in control and the remote Ext/
Adm setpoint is positioning the Ext/Adm setpoint.
• Inhibited - Ext/Adm cannot be enabled. The Ext/Adm input signal has
failed, a controlled stop is selected, or the unit is shut down.

EXT/ADM Input Depending on the control action required, the Ext/Adm PID’s input signal can be
inverted. When used with a typical Ext/Adm and/or admission turbine application
this input should not require inverting. Upon loss of the Ext/Adm input signal
during operation, the control can be programmed ramp the LP valve to its open
limit, ramp the LP valve to its closed limit, hold the LP valve at its last position, or
trip the turbine.

If configured to ramp the LP valve on loss of the Ext/Adm input, the LP valve
limiter steps to the LP valve’s last position, then ramps the actuator output at a 1%
per second rate to its minimum or maximum limit, depending on the programmed
settings. The control senses an input failure and issues an alarm if the 4-20mA
Ext/Adm input signal goes < 2mA or > 22mA.

Refer to Chapter 2 of this Volume for details on input fault tolerant logic.

PID Dynamics The Ext/Adm PID uses its own set of dynamic settings. These values are
programmable and may be tuned at any time from PC Interface or Modbus. Refer
to Chapter 5 of this manual for information on PID dynamic adjustments.

EXT/ADM Droop When sharing control of a parameter with another external controller, the Ext/
Adm PID can also receive a programmable droop feedback signal for control loop
stability. This feedback signal is a percentage of the Ext/Adm PID’s output, or the
back-calculated Ratio/Limiter “P” term, depending on configuration. By
including this second parameter into the control loop, the Ext/Adm PID does not
fight with the other external controller over the shared parameter. If Ext/Adm
droop is used, the Ext/Adm input signal will not match the Ext/Adm setpoint
when in control. The difference will depend on the amount (%) of droop
programmed and the output of the Ext/Adm PID. The droop value fed back to the
Ext/Adm PID is equal to the following defaulted settings:

PID OUTPUT % x ‘EXT/ADM DROOP %’ x ‘RATED EXT/ADM SETPOINT’ x 0.0001


Example: 25% x 5% x 600 psi (4137 kPa) x 0.0001 = 7.5 psi (51.71 kPa)

The rated Ext/Adm setpoint is defaulted as the maximum Ext/Adm setpoint and is
adjustable in the Service Mode. The Ext/Adm droop % and the maximum Ext/
Adm setpoint values are set in the Program Mode and the PID output is
determined by the Ext/Adm demand. Refer to Volume #3 of this manual for
information on related Service Mode tunables.

64 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Setpoint The Ext/Adm setpoint may be adjusted from the 5009 PC Interface, external
contacts, Modbus, or through a 4-20mA analog input signal. A specific setting can
also be directly entered from the 5009 PC Interface or through Modbus. The Ext/
Adm setpoint range must be defined in the program mode. The minimum Ext/
Adm setpoint and the maximum Ext/Adm setpoint define the range of the Ext/
Adm setpoint and control.

When a raise or lower Ext/Adm setpoint command is issued, the setpoint moves at
the programmed Ext/Adm setpoint rate. If an Ext/Adm raise or lower command is
selected for longer than three seconds, the Ext/Adm setpoint will move at the fast
rate which is three times the Ext/Adm setpoint rate. The Ext/Adm setpoint rate,
fast rate delay, and fast rate can all be adjusted in the Service Mode.

A specific setpoint may also be directly entered through the 5009 PC Interface or
Modbus communications. When this is performed, the setpoint will ramp at the
Ext/Adm setpoint rate. The setpoint can also me adjusted manually through the
PC Interface or Modbus.
Setpoint Tracking. This feature is programmable and usable only if the control
is programmed for an Admission or Ext/Adm application. To reduce the number
of steps required to smoothly enable Ext/Adm control the Ext/Adm setpoint can
be programmed to track the Ext/Adm process input when control is disabled. This
tracking feature causes the setpoint to be equal to the Ext/Adm input when Ext/
Adm control is enabled. After Ext/Adm control is enabled, its setpoint can be
moved to another setting.
Setpoint With No Tracking. If the Ext/Adm control is programmed not to use
the setpoint tracking feature, the setpoint will remain at its last setting (running or
shutdown). With this configuration, when Ext/Adm control is enabled and the
sensed process signal does not match setpoint, the Ext/Adm control will ramp the
Ext/Adm process up or down to match the process and setpoint. When the 5009 is
powered-up, the setpoint is reset to the setpoint initial value. With this
configuration, if one of the permissives is lost or Ext/Adm control is disabled, the
Ext/Adm setpoint will remain at its last setting until adjusted. Refer to Volume #3
of this manual for further information on Service Mode and On-Line tunables. All
pertinent Ext/Adm control parameters are available through the Modbus links.

Remote EXT/ADM One of the 5009’s analog inputs can be programmed to set the Ext/Adm PID
Setpoint setpoint. This allows the Ext/Adm setpoint to be positioned remotely by a process
control or distributed plant control system.

The remote Ext/Adm setpoint range is determined by the programmed analog


input’s 4mA and 20 mA settings. The remote Ext/Adm setpoint range is tunable in
the Service Mode.

Woodward Governor Company 65


5009 Manual 85580V1

When enabled, the remote setpoint may not match the Ext/Adm setpoint. In this
case, the Ext/Adm setpoint will ramp to the remote setpoint at the “Remote E/A
Not-Matched Rate” (adjustable via the Service mode, and defaulted to the Ext/
Adm Slow setpoint setting). Once matched, the Ext/Adm setpoint moves at the
same rate the remote setpoint input moves up to the “Rmt Sept Max Rate” setting.
If the remote Ext/Adm setpoint maximum rate were set at 10 and the remote
setpoint analog input instantly moved from 0 units to 1000 units, the Ext/Adm
setpoint will move to 1000 units at 10 units/sec.

If the milliamp signal to the remote Ext/Adm setpoint input is out of range (< 2
mA or > 22 mA) an alarm will occur and the remote Ext/Adm setpoint will be
inhibited until the input signal is corrected and the alarm is cleared.
Remote Ext/adm Setpoint Messages. The remote Ext/Adm setpoint may
be in one of the following states:
• Disabled - The remote setpoint function is disabled and will have no
effect on the Ext/Adm setpoint.
• Enabled - The remote setpoint has been enabled, but permissives are not
met.
• Active - The remote setpoint has been enabled and permissives are met,
but the Ext/Adm PID is not in control.
• In Control - The remote setpoint is in control of the Ext/Adm setpoint
and the Ext/Adm PID is in control.
• Inhibited - The remote setpoint cannot be enabled. The remote setpoint
input signal is failed, Ext/Adm input signal is failed or a controlled stop is
selected.
Remote Ext/adm Setpoint Enable Logic. There are three different options
for enabling remote Ext/Adm setpoint and Ext/Adm control via external contacts.
They are as follows:
• Only a Remote Ext/Adm Setpoint Enable contact input configured.
• Both the Ext/Adm Control Enable and Remote Ext/Adm Setpoint Enable
contacts configured.
• No enable contact inputs configured.

If the remote Ext/Adm setpoint enable function is configured, and an Ext/Adm


enable contact is not configured, closing the remote Ext/Adm setpoint contact will
enable both Ext/Adm control and remote Ext/Adm setpoint input. This
configuration allows both functions to be enabled with one command. If the
contact is opened, both control modes are disabled.

66 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

When both Remote Ext/Adm Setpoint enable and Ext/Adm Control enable
contact inputs are programmed, each function is enabled by its respective contact.
If Remote Ext/Adm Setpoint enable is selected, only the remote Ext/Adm setpoint
will be enabled. If Ext/Adm control enable is selected, only Ext/Adm control will
be enabled. If remote Ext/Adm disable is selected, only the remote Ext/Adm
setpoint will be disabled. If Ext/Adm control disable is selected, both remote Ext/
Adm Setpoint input and Ext/Adm control will be disabled.

If no external contact input is programmed for either Ext/Adm control or Remote


Ext/Adm Setpoint control these functions can be enabled through the PCI
program or Modbus communications. Since the PCI program and Modbus
provide both remote Ext/Adm and Ext/Adm control enable commands, they will
operate in the same manner as programming both enables. Refer to Volume #3 of
this manual for information on related Service Mode tunables. All pertinent
Remote Ext/Adm Setpoint parameters are available through Modbus.

Ratio/Limiter The control’s Ratio/Limiter logic is only used with extraction, admission, and
extraction/admission type turbines. The Ratio/Limiter receives input signals from
the speed (or aux) and ext/adm PIDs. The ratio logic uses these signals, and based
on the turbine performance parameters, produces two output signals, one to
control the HP actuator and one to control the LP actuator. The limiter logic keeps
the actuator outputs within the boundaries of the turbine steam map.

Because a single ext/adm turbine has only two control valves, only two
parameters at a time can be controlled. Due to a turbine’s design, the positioning
of either valve (HP or LP) has an effect on both parameters being controlled. This
interaction between valves (controlled parameters) can cause undesirable
fluctuations in a process not requiring a change.

The ratio logic controls the interaction of both HP and LP valves to maintain
desired turbine speed/load (or Auxiliary or Cascade PID processes) and ext/adm
pressure/flow levels. By controlling valve interaction, the ratio logic minimizes
the effects of one controlled process on the other controlled process. When system
conditions cause a turbine to reach an operating limit, the limiter logic limits the
HP or LP valves to maintain speed/load or ext/adm levels depending on the
priority selected.

When correcting for a system demand change in one process it may be desirable
to have the control move both turbine valves at the same time in order to reduce or
stop the interaction of one process on the other. For this reason the Ratio/Limiter
logic can be configured in the following operational modes depending on the
parameters being controlled and the turbine’s function within the system.

Woodward Governor Company 67


5009 Manual 85580V1

Ratio/Limiter Configurations:
• No Ratio/Limiter
• Coupled HP & LP
• Decoupled INLET (HP)
• Decoupled EXHAUST (LP)
• Decoupled HP & LP

No Ratio/Limiter When configured for single actuator or split-range actuator type of turbines, ext/
adm and Ratio/Limiter logic is not used. The Speed/Load Controller, Auxiliary
Controller, and HP Valve Limiter are all low-signal-selected or command
selected, in the case of Aux Enable/Disable, to position the actuator output(s).
Refer to Figures 3-5,6,7.

Coupled HP & LP This mode is typically used when the two controlled parameters during normal
operation are turbine speed/load and ext/adm pressure (or flow).

In this operating mode the turbine’s HP and LP valve actions are coupled (ratioed)
together to control both processes without the two processes interacting with each
other. Turbine load and ext/adm pressure are controlled by moving both the HP
and LP valves simultaneously. For a change in either process both valves are
repositioned to create a net effect of no change (pressure, flow or power) on the
other process.

In most cases, the operator of an ext/adm turbine needs to maintain both turbine
speed/load and ext/adm pressure/flow at constant levels. Changing the position of
either the HP valve or the LP valve affects both turbine speed/load and extraction/
admission. If either the load on the turbine or the ext/adm demand changes, both
the HP valve position and the LP valve position must be changed to maintain
speed/load and extraction/admission. The movement of both valves is
automatically calculated by the 5009’s ratioing logic based on the programmed
turbine performance parameters to minimize valve/process interaction.

Refer to Figure 4-12 for details on the Coupled HP&LP mode logic.

Decoulped Inlet This mode is typically used when the two controlled parameters during normal
operation are turbine inlet pressure and ext/adm pressure.

In this operating mode the turbine’s HP and LP valve actions are de-coupled to
allow control of a turbine’s inlet pressure without interaction from ext/adm flow
changes. With this mode of operation, turbine ext/adm pressure is controlled by
only moving the LP valve. Although turbine load is not controlled with this
configuration, it is limited based on the turbine operating limits programmed.

68 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

The turbine’s HP and LP valve actions are still coupled to control turbine ext/adm
pressure/flow without interaction from turbine inlet pressure or flow changes.
Turbine inlet pressure is controlled by moving both the HP and LP valves
simultaneously, thus no change in ext/adm pressure is created. For a change in
either process the valves are repositioned to create a net effect of no pressure or
flow change on the other process. Refer to Figure 4-13 for details on the
Decoupled Inlet mode logic.

With this mode of operation:

Turbine inlet pressure can be controlled through either the 5009’s Auxiliary or
Cascade PIDs.

Ext/adm pressure/flow can only be controlled through the 5009’s Ext/adm PID.

Decoupled This mode is typically used when the two controlled parameters during normal
Exhaust operation are turbine ext/adm pressure and exhaust pressure.

In this operating mode the turbine’s HP and LP valve actions are de-coupled to
allow control of a turbine’s exhaust pressure without interaction from ext/adm
flow changes. With this mode of operation, turbine ext/adm pressure is controlled
by only moving the HP valve.

The turbine’s HP and LP valve actions are still coupled to control turbine ext/adm
pressure without interaction from turbine exhaust pressure or flow changes.
Turbine exhaust pressure is controlled by moving both the HP and LP valves
simultaneously, thus no change in ext/adm pressure is created. For a change in
either process the valves are repositioned to create a net effect of no pressure or
flow change on the other process. Refer to Figure 4-14 for details on the
Decoupled Exhaust mode logic.

With this mode of operation:


• Turbine exhaust pressure can be controlled through either the 5009’s
Auxiliary or Cascade PIDs.
• Ext/adm pressure can only be controlled through the 5009’s Ext/adm PID.

Decoupled HP & This mode is typically used when the two controlled parameters during normal
LP operation are turbine inlet pressure and exhaust pressure.

In this operating mode the turbine’s HP and LP valve actions are fully de-coupled.
The HP valve can be positioned by the 5009’s Speed, Cascade, or Auxiliary PIDs.
The LP valve can only be positioned by the 5009’s Ext/Adm PID. This
configuration allows control of a turbine’s inlet pressure without interaction from
exhaust flow changes. With this mode of operation, turbine exhaust pressure is
controlled by only moving the LP valve.

Woodward Governor Company 69


5009 Manual 85580V1

The turbine’s HP and LP valve actions are also decoupled to control turbine
exhaust pressure/flow without interaction from turbine inlet pressure or flow
changes. Turbine inlet pressure is controlled by only moving the HP valve, thus
no change in exhaust pressure/flow is created. For a change in either process the
respective valves are repositioned for a net effect of no pressure or flow change on
the other process.

With this mode of operation, turbine inlet pressure can be controlled through
either the 5009’s Auxiliary or Cascade PIDs and turbine exhaust pressure is
controlled through the Ext/Adm PID. Although turbine load is not controlled with
this configuration, it is recommended to use the Auxiliary PID as a load limiter for
unit protection. Refer to Figure 4-15 for details on the Decoupled HP&LP mode
logic.
Block Diagram Description. The block diagrams displayed below provide a
detailed view of each Ratio/Limiter configuration, and the relationship between
the ratio/limiter’s input and output signals.

The “S” input signal originates from the Speed/Auxiliary LSS bus and represents
Speed, Load, Aux PID, or Casc PID demand (refer to Figures 3-8,9 for
information on where this input originates). The “P” input signal originates from
the Ext/Adm PID or the E/A demand setpoint, depending on selected modes, and
represents Ext/Adm flow demand (refer to Figures 3-8,9 for information on where
this input originates). The “A” input signal is a discrete signal that originates from
the control’s decoupling map logic, and goes to a true state when ratio/limiter
decoupling is selected (refer to Figures 3-8,9 for information on where this input
originates).

The “S” and “P” signals must pass through map limiters, depending on the
priority selected, before they are used in the ratioing equations. Only one
parameter (S or P) at a time can be limited, thus if Speed priority is enabled only
the P signal is limited. If Ext/Adm priority is selected only the S signal is limited.

These limiters allow the valves to be correctly positioned on each turbine


operating limit. To simplify the limiter logic, the Min (HSS bus) and Max (LSS
bus) limiters are displayed as one limiter bus. Each possible turbine operating
limit is labeled and displayed graphically. All limiters are based on the entered
steam map values, and actual HP & LP valve positions (as derived from the
control’s actuator driver signals).

Once the “S” and “P” signals pass through their respective limiters, they are
referred to as S’ (S-prime), and P’ (P-prime). When the turbine is not operating
on a limit, the S’ value equals the S input signal, and the P’ value equals the P
input signal.

70 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

If programmed for decoulped operation, digital ramps are used to transfer


between Ratio/Limiters. During normal enabling and disabling of the decoupled
ratio/limiter mode these ramps take 50 seconds to completely ramp from one
ratio/limiter to the next. With generator applications, this transfer is made within
40 millisenconds when switching to frequency control (i.e. gen or tie breaker
opens).

If configured for a decoupled ratio/limiter mode, the control starts by using the
Coupled ratio/limiter, then switches to the Decoupled ratio/limiter when the
Auxiliary or Cascade PIDs are enabled. The Auxiliary PID when configured as a
limiter has no influence on the ratio/limiter selection. The control switches back to
the Coupled ratio/limiter when the Auxiliary and/or Cascade PIDs are disabled.

The “HP” output signal represents HP valve demand, and is connected to the
control’s HP LSS bus (refer to Figures 3-8,9 for signal interconnections). The
“LP” output signal represents LP valve demand, and is connected to the control’s
LP LSS bus (refer to Figures 3-8,9 for signal interconnections).

Figure 4-12. Coupled HP&LP Mode

Woodward Governor Company 71


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 4-13. Decoupled Inlet (HP) Mode

72 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Figure 4-14. Decoupled Exhaust (LP) Mode

Woodward Governor Company 73


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 4-15. Decoupled HP&LP Mode

Speed Vs. EXT/ Because an extraction and/or admission turbine has two control valves, it can only
ADM Priority control two parameters at a time. If the turbine reaches an operating limit, (i.e. a
valve fully open or closed) the result is only one free moving valve to control
with, thus the 5009 can only control one parameter. It is at these turbine limits that
the 5009 can be programmed to select which one parameter will remain in control,
or has priority over the other parameter.

If speed priority is programmed, the 5009 will only control turbine speed/load
(Cascade PID process if used, or the Auxiliary PID process if used) when the
turbine reaches an operating limit. When programmed for speed priority, the 5009
will maintain speed/load (or cascade or auxiliary) and sacrifice ext/adm control.
With this configuration the Ext/Adm PID is forced to lose control of its process
until system conditions change to allow the turbine to move off of an operating
limit.

If Ext/Adm priority is programmed, the 5009 will only control the Ext/Adm PID’s
process when the turbine reaches an operating limit. With this configuration the
Speed/Load PID (Cascade or Auxiliary PID if used) is forced to lose control of its
process until system conditions change to allow the turbine to move off of an
operating limit.

If the 5009 is programmed for speed priority only it will be in speed priority at all
times. If the 5009 is programmed for speed priority with ext/adm priority on the
LP maximum limiter, speed priority will be selected at all times except when the
LP valve is at its maximum (open) position.

74 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Auto Priority Enabling. If the 5009 is programmed for ext/adm priority, speed
priority is initially selected and ext/adm priority can be programmed for automatic
or manual selection. When auto switch E/A priority is true, the unit is
programmed for automatic selection of ext/adm priority and will automatically
switch priorities when the following conditions are met:
• LP valve limiter at 0.00 position (programmed for Ext/adm only control)
• Ext/adm Control is enabled (programmed for Adm or Ext/adm control)
• Ext/adm PID is In-Control

Speed priority is selected if any of the above conditions are false.


Manual Priority Enabling. The 5009 only accepts an ext/adm priority select
command if all related permissives are met (see enable permissive list above). An
ext/adm priority enable command may be given from the 5009 PC Interface, a
contact input, or through Modbus. The last command given from any of these
three sources dictates the priority selected.

When a contact input is programmed to function as an ext/adm priority enable


command a closed state represents ext/adm priority and an open state represents
speed priority. This contact can either be open or closed when a 5009 ‘Start’
command is given. If the contact is open it must be closed to select ext/adm
priority. If the contact is closed when a trip condition is cleared, it must be opened
and re-closed to select ext/adm priority. The priority selected can be viewed on the
PC Interface or through Modbus. Optionally a relay can be programmed to
externally indicate the priority selected.

Woodward Governor Company 75


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 4-16. Priority Flow Diagram

AUXILIARY The Auxiliary PID can be used to limit or control generator power, plant import/
CONTROL export power, turbine inlet pressure, turbine exhaust pressure, pump/compressor
discharge pressure, or any other auxiliary parameters directly related to turbine
speed/load. The auxiliary input is a 4 - 20 mA current signal. The PID control
amplifier compares this input signal with the auxiliary setpoint to produce a
control output to the digital LSS (low-signal select) bus. The LSS bus sends the
lowest signal to the Ratio/Limiter circuitry.

76 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Figure 4-17. Aux Control Overview

Auxiliary As A When configured as a limiter, the Auxiliary Control is low signal selected (LSS)
Limiter with the Speed PID, allowing it to limit on any process including or directly
related to turbine speed/load

When auxiliary is configured to act as a limiter the Auxiliary PID will ‘limit’ the
LSS bus when the input reaches the setpoint. For any programmed Ratio/Limiter
mode of operation the Auxiliary Control is always capable of limiting turbine
load.

The auxiliary setpoint initializes to the programmed setpoint initial value on a


power-up-reset. This setpoint may be adjusted at any time and will remain at the
last setting (running or shutdown), provided a power-up-reset did not occur.
Depending on configuration and system conditions, the Auxiliary Limiter may be
in one of the following states:
• Auxiliary is enabled - Auxiliary has been enabled but the generator and
utility tie breaker permissives have not been met (generator applications
only).
• Auxiliary Active / Not Limiting - Auxiliary is configured as a limiter but
is not limiting the LSS bus.

Woodward Governor Company 77


5009 Manual 85580V1

• Auxiliary Active With Remote Setpoint - Auxiliary is not in control of


the LSS bus and the remote auxiliary input is in command of the setpoint.
• Auxiliary Control With Remote Setpoint - Auxiliary is limiting the
LSS bus and the remote auxiliary analog input is in command of the
setpoint.
• Auxiliary is Inhibited - Auxiliary cannot be enabled because the input
signal has failed.

For generator applications, Auxiliary Control can be configured to be disabled


when the generator and/or utility tie breakers are open.

If the unit is not configured for a generator application, the utility tie and
generator breaker inputs do not affect Auxiliary Limiter status, and the limiter will
be active at all times.

Auxiliary As A When configured as a controller, the Auxiliary PID may be enabled and disabled
Controller on command. When Auxiliary Control is enabled it instantly takes full control of
the LSS bus and the Speed PID is switched to a tracking mode. When Auxiliary
Control is disabled the Speed PID instantly takes control of the LSS bus. To allow
a bumpless transfer between modes, the Speed PID tracks a few % above the
Auxiliary PID’s LSS bus signal. When the Auxiliary PID is disabled, its setpoint
tracks the Auxiliary PID’s process signal.

The Speed PID will only track the Auxiliary PID LSS bus signal up to 100%
speed/load. Thus if turbine speed/load reaches 100%, the Speed PID will protect
the unit by limiting unit speed/load to less than or equal to 100%. Depending on
the configuration and system conditions, the Auxiliary PID may be in one of the
following states:
• Auxiliary is Disabled - Auxiliary is disabled and will have no effect on
the LSS bus.
• Auxiliary is Enabled - Auxiliary has been enabled but the generator and
utility tie breaker permissives have not been met (generator applications
only).
• Auxiliary Active / Not in Control - Auxiliary has been enabled,
permissives met, but is not in control of the LSS bus.
• Auxiliary Active With Remote Setpoint - Auxiliary has been enabled
but is not in control of the LSS bus and the remote auxiliary input is
controlling the setpoint.
• Auxiliary in Control - Auxiliary is in control of the LSS bus.
• Auxiliary Control With Remote Setpoint - Auxiliary is in control of the
LSS bus and the remote auxiliary analog input is in control of the
setpoint.
• Auxiliary is Inhibited - Auxiliary cannot be enabled because the input
signal is failed, 5009 is in Frequency Control, controlled shutdown is
selected, unit is shut down or Auxiliary Control is not programmed.

78 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

For generator applications, Auxiliary Control can be configured to be disabled


when the generator and/or utility tie breakers are open. If the unit is not
configured for a generator application, the utility tie and generator breaker inputs
do not affect Auxiliary Control status, and the controller will be active at all times
(capable of being enabled).

Auxiliary Control may be enabled from the 5009 PC Interface, remote contacts, or
Modbus communications. The last command given from any of these three
sources dictates the state of Auxiliary Control. If an external auxiliary enable
contact is programmed, disable is selected when the contact is open and enable is
selected when it is closed. The contact can be either open or closed when a trip
condition is cleared. If the contact is open, it must be closed to enable. If the
contact is closed, it must be opened and re-closed to enable.

When configured as enable/disable controller, the Auxiliary Control will


automatically be disabled upon a shutdown condition. Auxiliary Control will be
disabled and inhibited when the 5009 is in Frequency Control. If the auxiliary
milliamp input signal is out of range (below 2 mA or above 22 mA) an alarm will
occur and Auxiliary Control will be inhibited until the input signal is corrected
and the alarm is cleared. Optionally the unit can be programmed to issue a
shutdown on a loss of the auxiliary input signal.

Auxiliary The Auxiliary PID control uses its own set of dynamic settings. These values are
Dynamics programmable and may be tuned at any time from PC Interface or Modbus. Refer
to the PID Dynamic Adjustments section in Chapter 6.

Generator Load On generator applications, the Auxiliary PID may be programmed to use the KW/
Limiter/Control unit load input signal instead of the auxiliary input signal for limiting or control.
This is the same input signal (KW/unit load input) used by the Speed PID for KW
droop. This configuration allows the Auxiliary PID to limit or control generator
power.

Auxiliary Droop When sharing control of a parameter with another external controller, the
Auxiliary Control amplifier can also receive a programmable droop feedback
signal for control loop stability. This feedback signal is a percentage of the LSS
bus (control valve position). By including this second parameter into the control
loop, the Auxiliary PID becomes satisfied, and does not fight with the other
external controller over the shared parameter. The droop % fed back to the
Auxiliary PID is equal to the following defaulted settings:
LSS BUS OUTPUT % x ‘AUX DROOP %’ x ‘MAX AUX SETPOINT’ x 0.0001
Example: 25% x 5% x 600 psi (4137 kPa) x 0.0001 = 7.5 psi (51.71 kPa)
The ‘AUXILIARY DROOP %’ and ‘MAXIMUM AUX SETPOINT’
values are set in the Program Mode and the ‘LSS bus output %’ is
determined by the auxiliary demand.

Woodward Governor Company 79


5009 Manual 85580V1

Invert Auxiliary Depending on the control action required, the Auxiliary PID’s input signal can be
Input inverted. An example of this control action would be when the Auxiliary PID is
configured to control turbine inlet steam pressure. To increase turbine inlet steam
pressure, HP control valve position must be decreased.

Auxiliary Setpoint The auxiliary setpoint can be adjusted from the 5009 PC Interface, external
contacts, Modbus, or through a 4-20mA analog input. A specific setting can also
be directly entered from the 5009 PC Interface or through Modbus.

The auxiliary setpoint range must be defined in the Program Mode. Program
settings minimum auxiliary setpoint and maximum auxiliary setpoint define the
range of the auxiliary setpoint and control.

When a raise or lower auxiliary setpoint command is issued, the setpoint moves at
the auxiliary setpoint rate. If an auxiliary raise or lower command is selected for
longer than three seconds, the auxiliary setpoint will move at the fast rate which is
three times the auxiliary setpoint rate. The auxiliary setpoint rate, fast rate delay,
and fast rate can all be adjusted in the Service Mode.

A specific setpoint may also be directly entered from the 5009 PC Interface or
through Modbus communications. When this is performed, the setpoint will ramp
at the auxiliary setpoint rate.

Refer to Volume #3 of this manual for further information on Service mode and
On-Line tunables. All pertinent Auxiliary Control parameters are available
through Modbus.

Remote Auxiliary The Remote Auxiliary Setpoint (RAS) can be positioned through an analog
Setpoint signal. This allows the RAS to be positioned remotely by a process control or
distributed plant control system.

The RAS range is determined by the analog input’s 4mA and 20 mA settings. The
remote auxiliary setpoint range is tunable in the Service Mode.

When enabled, the remote setpoint may not match the auxiliary setpoint. In this
case, the auxiliary setpoint will ramp to the remote setpoint’s value at the auxiliary
setpoint rate (as set in the Service Mode). Once in control, the fastest the remote
setpoint will adjust the auxiliary setpoint is limited to the remote auxiliary setpoint
maximum rate. If the remote auxiliary setpoint maximum rate was set at 10 and
the remote auxiliary setpoint analog input instantly moved from 0 units to 1000
units, the auxiliary setpoint will move to 1000 units at 10 units/sec.

If the milliamp signal to the remote setpoint input is out of range (below 2 mA or
above 22 mA) an alarm will occur and the remote setpoint function will be
inhibited until the input signal is corrected and the alarm is cleared. Depending on
configuration and system conditions, the remote auxiliary setpoint may be in one
of the following states (5009 PC Interface screen messages):
• Disabled- The remote setpoint function is disabled and will have no
effect on the auxiliary setpoint.

80 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

• Enabled- The remote setpoint has been enabled, but permissives are not
met.
• Active- The remote setpoint has been enabled, permissives are met, but
the Auxiliary PID is not in control of the LSS bus.
• In Control- The remote setpoint is in control of the auxiliary setpoint,
and the Auxiliary PID is in control of the LSS bus.
• Inhibited- Remote setpoint cannot be enabled. The remote setpoint input
signal is failed, Auxiliary Control is inhibited, or the remote auxiliary
setpoint is not programmed.

Remote Auxiliary The RAS input may be enabled from the 5009 PC Interface, contact input, or
Enable Logic Modbus communications. The last command given from any of these three
sources dictates the state of the RAS input. A contact input can be programmed to
enable and disable the RAS input/function. When this contact is open the RAS is
disabled, and when it is closed the RAS is enabled. The contact can be either open
or closed when a trip condition is cleared. If the contact is open, it must be closed
to enable the RAS input. If the contact is closed, it must be opened and re-closed
to enable the RAS input.

When the Auxiliary PID is programmed to function as a limiter, the RAS may be
enabled at any time when the 5009 is in the Start Mode.

When the Auxiliary PID is programmed as a controller (enabled/disabled), there


are three different options for enabling RAS and Auxiliary Control as follows:
• One remote enable contact input is programmed.
• Both remote auxiliary enable and auxiliary enable are programmed.
• No enable commands are programmed.

When only the remote enable contact input command is programmed, selecting
‘Enable’ will enable both the RAS and Auxiliary Control. This configuration
allows both functions to be enabled with one command.

When both RAS and Auxiliary Control are programmed, each function is enabled
by its respective command selection. If RAS enable is selected, only the RAS will
be enabled. If Auxiliary Control enable is selected, only Auxiliary Control will be
enabled. If RAS disable is selected, only the RAS will be disabled. If Auxiliary
Control disable is selected, both RAS and Auxiliary Control will be disabled.
However, if before the Auxiliary PID was able to be ‘In-control’ an Auxiliary
Control disable command is given, only Auxiliary Control will be disabled.

If no external contact input is programmed for the enable commands, Auxiliary


Control and RAS must be enabled from either the PC Interface or from Modbus.
Since the PC Interface and Modbus provide RAS enable and Auxiliary Control
enable commands, they will operate in the same manner as both enables
programmed.

Woodward Governor Company 81


5009 Manual 85580V1

Refer to Volume #3 of this manual for information on related Service Mode


tunables. All pertinent Remote Auxiliary Setpoint parameters are available
through Modbus.

CASCADE The Cascade Control can be configured to control any system process, related to
CONTROL or affected by turbine speed or load. Typically this controller is configured and
used as a turbine inlet or exhaust pressure controller.

Cascade Control is a PID controller that is cascaded with the Speed PID. The
Cascade PID compares a 4-20 mA process signal with an internal setpoint to
directly position the Speed Setpoint, thus changing turbine speed or load until the
process signal and setpoint match. By cascading these two PIDs, a bumpless
transfer between the two controlling parameters can be performed.

When enabled, the Cascade PID can move the Speed Setpoint at a variable rate up
to the maximum Speed Setpoint rate, which is set in the Program Mode.

Since cascade is a secondary speed setting function, the Speed PID must be in
control of the 5009’s LSS bus for cascade to take control. When the 5009 is
configured for a generator application, both the utility tie and generator breakers
must be closed before the Cascade PID can begin controlling a process. When not
configured for a generator application, turbine speed must be greater than the
minimum governor setpoint before the Cascade PID can begin controlling.

Cascade Control may be enabled and disabled from the 5009 PC Interface, a
contact input, or Modbus. The last command given from any of these three
sources dictates the Cascade PID’s control state.

If a contact input is programmed to function as a cascade enable contact, Cascade


Control is disabled when the contact is open and enabled when it is closed. This
contact can either be open or closed when a trip condition is cleared. If the contact
is open it must be closed to enable Cascade Control. If the contact is closed it must
be opened and re-closed to enable Cascade Control.

82 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Figure 4-18. Cascade Functional Diagram

Cascade Control • Cascade is Disabled - Cascade Control is not enabled and will have no
Status Messages effect.
• Cascade is Enabled - Cascade has been enabled but is not active or in
control. Permissives have not been met (speed < minimum governor or
generator or tie breaker open).
• Cascade Active / Not in Speed Control- Cascade has been enabled but
the Speed PID is not in control of the LSS bus (either auxiliary or valve
limiter is in control).
• Cascade Is In Control - Cascade is in control of the LSS bus.
• Cascade Active With Remote Setpoint- Cascade has been enabled and
the Remote Cascade Setpoint is in control of the setpoint, but the Speed
PID is not in control of the LSS bus.
• Cascade Control With Remote Setpoint- Cascade is in control of the
LSS bus and the Remote Cascade Setpoint is positioning the Cascade
Setpoint.
• Cascade is Inhibited - Cascade cannot be enabled The cascade input
signal has failed, a controlled stop is selected, the unit is shut down, or
Cascade Control is not programmed.

Woodward Governor Company 83


5009 Manual 85580V1

Cascade Control is automatically disabled on a shutdown condition and must be


re-enabled after a successful system startup. Cascade Control is disabled if the
remote speed setpoint is enabled or auxiliary is configured as enable/disable is
enabled. If another parameter on the LSS bus takes control of governor valve
position from the Speed PID, Cascade Control will stay active and begin
controlling again when the Speed PID is the lowest parameter on the LSS bus.

All pertinent Cascade Control parameters are available through Modbus.

Cascade The Cascade PID control uses its own set of dynamic settings. These values are
Dynamics programmable and may be tuned at any time from PC Interface or Modbus. Refer
to the PID Dynamic Adjustments section in Chapter 6.

Cascade Setpoint The cascade setpoint can be adjusted from the 5009 PC Interface, external
contacts, Modbus, or through a 4-20mA analog input. A specific setting can also
be directly entered from the 5009 PC Interface or through Modbus.

The cascade setpoint range must be defined in the Program Mode.

NOTE
Cascade setpoint raise/lower contact inputs act as speed setpoint
raise/lower contacts when cascade is not active or in control. This
allows a single set of contacts (one SPDT switch) to control the
speed setpoint. Alternatively, a second set of contacts (speed raise
and lower) could be used to independently control the speed and
load setpoints.

When a raise or lower cascade setpoint command is issued, the setpoint moves at
the cascade setpoint rate. If a cascade raise or lower command is selected for
longer than three seconds, the cascade setpoint will move at the fast rate which is
three times the cascade setpoint rate. The cascade setpoint rate, fast rate delay, and
fast rate can all be adjusted in the Service Mode.

A specific setpoint may also be directly entered from the 5009 PC Interface or
through Modbus communications. When this is performed, the setpoint will ramp
at the cascade setpoint rate (set in the Service Mode).

Refer to Volume #3 of this manual for information on which programmed settings


are tunable through the 5009’s Service Mode. Service Mode values can be tuned/
adjusted while the 5009 is shutdown or in the Start Mode.

Cascade Setpoint To allow a bumpless transfer from turbine speed/load control to Cascade Control,
Tracking the Cascade PID can be programmed to track its controlling process input when
disabled. When this tracking feature is programmed, the Cascade PID will not
cause a turbine speed or load correction to be performed. After the Cascade
Control is enabled, its setpoint can be moved as required to another setting.

84 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Cascade Setpoint If the Cascade Control is programmed not to use the setpoint tracking feature, the
With No Tracking setpoint will remain at its last setting (running or shutdown). When the 5009 is
powered-up the setpoint is reset to the setpoint initial value. When Cascade
Control is enabled and the sensed process signal does not match setpoint, the
Cascade Control will ramp turbine speed/load to match the two signals at a
controlled “not-matched” rate (set in the Service Mode).

If cascade is the controlling parameter and one of the permissives is lost or


cascade is disabled, the speed setpoint will remain at the last setting until another
parameter adjusts it.

CASCADE When sharing control of a parameter with another external controller, the Cascade
DROOP PID can also receive a programmable droop feedback signal for control loop
stability. This feedback signal is a percentage of the Cascade PID’s output. If
cascade droop is used, the cascade input signal will not match the cascade setpoint
when in control. The difference will depend on the amount (%) of droop
programmed and the output of the Cascade PID. The droop value fed back to the
Cascade PID is equal to the following defaulted settings:
PID OUTPUT % x ‘CASCADE DROOP %’ x ‘MAX CASC SETPOINT’ x 0.0001
Example: 25% x 5% x 600 psi (4137 kPa) x 0.0001 = 7.5 psi (51.71 kPa)

The ‘CASCADE DROOP %’ and ‘MAXIMUM CASC SETPOINT’ values are


set in the Program Mode and the ‘PID output %’ is determined by the cascade
demand.

Refer to Volume #3 of this manual for information on related Service Mode


tunables.

Invert Cascade Depending on the control action required, the cascade input signal can be
inverted. If a decrease in HP governor valve position is required to increase the
cascade process signal, program the cascade input to be inverted. As an example,
when the Cascade PID is configured to control turbine inlet steam pressure the
cascade input must be inverted. To increase turbine inlet steam pressure, the HP
control valve position must be decreased.

REMOTE The cascade setpoint can be positioned through an analog signal. This allows the
CASCADE cascade setpoint to be positioned remotely by a process control or distributed
SETPOINT plant control system.

The Remote Cascade Setpoint (RCS) range is set in the Program Mode and can be
tuned in the Service Mode.

The RCS input may be enabled from the 5009 PC Interface, contact input, or
Modbus communications. The last command given from any of these three
sources dictates enable/disable.

Woodward Governor Company 85


5009 Manual 85580V1

If the milliamp signal to the RCS is out of range (below 2 mA or above 22 mA) an
alarm will occur and the RCS will be inhibited until the input signal is corrected
and the alarm is cleared.

Remote Cascade Depending on configuration and system conditions, the RCS may be in one of the
Setpoint following states:
Messages
• Disabled- The RCS is not enabled and will have no effect on the cascade
setpoint.
• Enabled- The RCS has been enabled but Cascade Control is not active.
The breakers are not closed, speed < minimum governor, or cascade has
not taken control.
• Active- The RCS has been enabled but cascade is not in control. Cascade
has been enabled and the RCS is in control of the setpoint, but the Speed
PID is not in control of the LSS bus.
• In Control Cascade is in control of the LSS bus and the RCS is
positioning the cascade setpoint.
• Inhibited- RCS cannot be enabled. The RCS is failed, cascade input
signal is failed, a controlled stop is selected, the unit is shut down, or the
RCS is not programmed.

When enabled, the RCS may not match the cascade setpoint. In this case, the
cascade setpoint will ramp to the RCS at the programmed cascade setpoint rate
setting (set in the Service Mode). Once in control, the RCS will adjust the cascade
setpoint at the programmed remote cascade maximum rate. If the remote cascade
maximum rate was set at 10 and the RCS analog input instantly moved from 0
units to 1000 units, the RCS will move to 1000 units at 10 units/sec).

Remote Cascade There are three different options for enabling RCS and Cascade Control as
Enable Logic follows:
• Only a remote cascade enable contact input is programmed.
• Both remote cascade and cascade enable contact inputs are programmed.
• No enable commands are programmed.

When only a remote enable contact input command is programmed, closing the
remote cascade enable contact input will enable both Cascade Control and remote
Cascade Control. This configuration allows both functions to be enabled with one
command.

When both remote cascade enable and Cascade Control enable commands are
programmed, each function is enabled by their respective command selection. If
remote cascade enable is selected, only the RCS will be enabled. If Cascade
Control enable is selected, only Cascade Control will be enabled. If remote
cascade disable is selected, only the RCS will be disabled. If Cascade Control
disable is selected, both Remote Cascade Control and Cascade Control will be
disabled. However, if before the Cascade PID was able to be ‘In-control’, a
cascade disabled command is given, only Cascade Control will be disabled.

86 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

If no external contact input is programmed for the enable commands, Cascade


Control and remote Cascade Control must be enabled from either the PC Interface
or from Modbus. Since the PC Interface and Modbus provide both Remote
cascade enable and Cascade Control enable commands, they will operate in the
same manner as when both enables are programmed.

Refer to Volume #3 of this manual for information on related Service Mode


tunables. All pertinent Remote Cascade Control parameters are available through
Modbus.

EMERGENCY When an Emergency Shutdown condition occurs, both valve output signals are
SHUTDOWN stepped to zero milliamps, and the Shutdown Relay(s) de-energize(s).
First Out Indication. This control can be configured to accept up to ten
individual External Trip inputs (contact inputs) to cause an Emergency Shutdown.
By wiring trip conditions directly into the control, instead of a trip string, the
control can pass a trip signal directly to its output relay (to trip the T&T valve),
and also indicate the first trip condition sensed. All trip conditions are individually
indicated through the control’s PCI program and Modbus communications.
Alternatively, up to ten alarm inputs (contact inputs) can also be configured to
indicate system related alarm conditions.

The first trip indication, is latched-in and can be viewed at any time after a trip.
This control saves the last 20 trip conditions and displays them through the PCI
program’s Trip History folder. Once latched-in, the first trip indication cannot be
reset. This allows an operator to confirm what the trip condition was hours or days
after the unit has been reset and restarted.

The “Trip output Relay” (Relay #1) is intended to be connected to the unit trip-oil
header solenoid, or trip logic. When another relay output is programmed as a Trip
Relay, the respective relay will function like the dedicated Trip Relay (normally
energized and de-energizes on a shutdown) to indicate the position of the
dedicated Shutdown Relay.

The “Shutdown Condition” relay may be programmed to indicate a shutdown


condition on a remote panel or to a plant DCS. The Shutdown Indication relay is
normally de-energized. This relay will energize upon any shutdown condition and
stay energized until all trips have been cleared. The reset clears trip function has
no effect on the programmable Shutdown Indication Relay.

CONTROLLED The Controlled Shutdown function is used to stop the turbine in a controlled
SHUTDOWN manner, as opposed to an Emergency Trip. The controlled shutdown cannot be
used if a manual start is selected and no idle speeds are programmed. When a
STOP command (controlled shutdown) is issued the following sequence is
performed:
1. All control PIDs and functions are disabled except the Speed and Extraction
PIDs.

Woodward Governor Company 87


5009 Manual 85580V1

2. The Extraction Control is disabled (the LP limiter is raised to maximum for


extraction applications).
3. If used, the ratio/limiter map is transferred to the coupled HP & LP map.
4. The Speed Setpoint is ramped to zero at a controlled rate.
5. The HP valve limiter is ramped to zero at a controlled rate.
6. The 5009 executes a Shutdown (Shutdown Relay de-energizes, actuator drive
currents = zero).
7. A ‘Shutdown - Controlled Stop’ message is indicated.

NOTE
On generator applications, the 5009 does not automatically issue a
generator breaker open command upon reaching a minimum load
level.

A controlled shutdown can be initiated or aborted from the 5009 PC Interface, a


programmed contact input, or either Modbus communication link. Verification of
the shutdown request is not required if a controlled shutdown command is
initiated by a programmed contact input or Modbus communication link.

The controlled shutdown sequence can be aborted at any time. Refer to chapter 6
(Start/Operation) of this manual.

Closing a contact programmed for the Controlled Shutdown Sequence will initiate
the shutdown. The shutdown sequence will go through the same steps described
above, with the exception that verification of the shutdown sequence is not
needed. Opening the contact will stop the sequence. Stopping and continuing the
Modbus initiated Controlled Shutdown Sequence requires two commands; one to
start the sequence and the other to stop it.

See Volume 3 for all 5009 Service panel messages.

Synchronize This control has the capability of being configured to accept a discrete input to set
Control Clock its internal Real-Time clock to a set time of day. This allows the control’s Real-
Time clock to be aligned with a plant Distributed Control System, up to once a
day. By synchronizing both systems’ Real-Time clocks alarm data can be
compared on a time basis, between the two systems without the confusion of time
offsets.

The “Synchronize Control Clock” function is selected by configuring a contact


input to function as a “Synchronize Time-of-Day” input. After this input is
configured, the control’s Real-Time clock will set its Hour, minute, and second
settings to that of the PCI program’s “Set Time & Date” edit box values, upon
every closure of the respective contact input.

88 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

The control’s discrete input scan time resolution for this function is once every
10milliseconds. The Real-Time clock’s time-of-day settings are set upon the
leading edge of the contact closure. Based on these issues, the minimal guaranteed
offset between system clocks is +10milliseconds or better (not taking into account
external relay delay times or tolerances).

Local / Remote The 5009’s Local / Remote function allows an operator at the turbine skid or 5009
Function to disable any remote command. (from a remote Control Room) that may put the
system in a unsafe condition. This function is typically used during a system
startup or shutdown to allow only one operator to manipulate the 5009 control
modes and settings.

The Local/Remote function must first be programmed before a Local or Remote


mode can be selected by an operator (refer to Service Mode, CPU Comm Page,
Port 3 ‘CPU’ Settings). If this function is not programmed all contact inputs and
Modbus (when Modbus is programmed) are active at all times. If the Local/
Remote function is programmed, Local and Remote modes can be selected
through a programmed contact input, the PCI program, or Modbus.

When Local mode is selected, the 5009 is defaulted to be operable from PCI
program only. This mode disables all contact inputs and Modbus, with exceptions
noted below:
External Trip Contact In (defaulted in program)
External Trip 2 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Trip 3 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Trip 4 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Trip 5 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Trip 6 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Trip 7 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Trip 8 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Trip 9 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Trip 10 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Alarm 1 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Alarm 2 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Alarm 3 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Alarm 4 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Alarm 5 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Alarm 6 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Alarm 7 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Alarm 8 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Alarm 9 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
External Alarm 10 Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
Override MPU Fault Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
Freq Arm/Disarm Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
Generator breaker Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
Utility tie breaker Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
Start permissive Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
Select On-Line dynamics Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
Local / Remote Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
Select Extraction Priority Contact In (active at all times, if programmed)
Local / Remote Modbus (active at all times, if Modbus programmed)
Trip Command Modbus (active at all times, if Modbus programmed)

Woodward Governor Company 89


5009 Manual 85580V1

When the Remote Mode is selected, the 5009 can be operated through its PC
Interface, contact inputs, and/or all Modbus. When using a contact input to select
between Local and Remote Modes, a closed contact input selects the Remote
Mode and an open contact input selects the Local Mode.

Optionally the contact inputs, Modbus Port 1, and Modbus Port 2 can be
individually configured to be enabled in both the local and remote modes. Once
the Local/Remote function is configured, a “Keep Contact Enabled for Local
Selection” option becomes visible in the Service mode’s Contact Inputs folder,
and a “Local Mode” selection box in each CPU port’s Modbus settings section.
Use these Local Mode selection boxes to select the desired activity of the contact
inputs and Modbus ports when the control’s local mode is selected.

Optionally a relay can be programmed to indicate when Local Mode is selected


(energizes when the Local Mode is selected). There is also indication of the Local
/ Remote Mode selection through Modbus (address is true when the Remote Mode
is selected and false when the Local Mode is selected).

The 5009 is defaulted to only allow control operation though its PC Interface
when the Local Mode is selected. If desired, this defaulted functionality can be
changed through the 5009’s Service Mode. The 5009 can be modified to also
allow operation through contacts inputs, and/or Modbus port #1, and/or Modbus
port #2 when the Local mode is selected.

All pertinent Local/Remote control parameters are available through the Modbus
links.

RELAYS The 5009 has twelve relay outputs available. Two of these relays are dedicated;
one for a system shutdown/trip command from the 5009 and one for alarm
indication. The other ten relays can be programmed for a variety of indications
and system functions.

The dedicated Alarm Relay is normally de-energized. This relay will energize
upon an alarm condition and stay energized until the alarm condition is cleared.
Optionally this relay can be configured through the 5009’s Service Mode, to
toggle on and off repeatedly when an alarm condition has occurred. With this
configuration if a reset command is given and the alarm condition still exists, the
relay will stop toggling and stay energized. The relay will start toggling again,
upon a new alarm condition. This option can be used to inform the operator when
another alarm condition has occurred.

Any of the other ten relays can be programmed to function as a level switch or a
mode or condition indication. When programmed as a level switch the relay will
change state when the selected parameter reaches the programmed level
(energizes when value is higher the programmed level). Relays not used as level
switches can be programmed to indicate control states. Except for the Trip relay,
when programmed to indicate a state or event, relay will energize upon the
respective state or event occurring.

90 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

The present relay state (energized / de-energized) and relay configuration is


indicated through both Modbus communication links and through the PC
Interface.

Relay The Shutdown Condition relay may be programmed to indicate a shutdown


Clarifications condition on a remote panel or to a plant DCS. The Shutdown Indication relay is
normally de-energized. This relay will energize upon any shutdown condition and
stay energized until all trips have been cleared. The ‘RESET CLEARS TRIP’
function has no effect on the programmable Shutdown Indication relay.

When programmed as a Trip Relay, the respective relay will function like the
dedicated Shutdown Relay (normally energized or normally deenergized,
depending upon configuration) to indicate the position of the dedicated Shutdown
Relay.

The Alarm Condition relay may be programmed to indicate an alarm condition on


a remote control panel or to a DCS. The Alarm Indication relay is normally de-
energized. This relay will energize upon any alarm condition and stay energized
until all alarms have been cleared. If the ‘BLINK ALARMS’ option is ‘YES’ the
programmable Alarm Condition relay will toggle on and off repeatedly when an
alarm condition has occurred. With this configuration if a reset command is given
and the alarm condition still exists, the relay will stop toggling and stay energized.

The Overspeed Test Enabled relay will energize when an Overspeed Test is
performed. This relay toggles on and off when turbine speed is above the turbine
Overspeed trip setting.

An Underspeed Switch function can be programmed to indicate a turbine


underspeed or overpower condition. If the Underspeed option is configured, once
turbine speed reaches a level above the minimum governor speed setting, then
decreases 100 rpm below the minimum governor speed setting, the respective
relay energizes (indicating an underspeed condition). The ‘Underspeed setting’ is
adjustable through the Service Mode, under the ‘Speed Values’ header.

When the Sync Enabled function is programmed, the assigned relay energizes
when a synchronize command is given. After the unit generator or utility tie
breaker is closed this function becomes disabled and the relay de-energizes. The
5009’s Synchronization function can be used to synchronize across a generator
breaker or utility tie breaker.

When the Sync / Load Shr Enabled function is programmed, the assigned relay
energizes when a synchronize command is given or Load Sharing is selected.
When both the generator and utility tie breaker inputs are closed (Load Sharing
not selected) this function becomes disabled and the relay de-energizes.

When the Modbus function is programmed, the assigned relay energizes when the
respective Modbus “Turn On Relay X” is issued, then de-energizes when the
respective Modbus “Turn Off Relay X” is issued. This feature allows a 5009 relay
to be driven directly from Modbus to control a system related function (i.e.
synchronizing).

Woodward Governor Company 91


5009 Manual 85580V1

92 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

CHAPTER 5
5009 OPERATION

The 5009 control is designed to interface with the provided PCI program, discrete
and analog input/outputs and devices communicating via Modbus (i.e. OpView).
The 5009’s operating architecture is divided into two sections: Start Mode and
Program Mode. The Program Mode is used to configure the 5009 for the specific
application and set all operating parameters (Reference Volume 3). The Start
Mode is the normal turbine operation mode and is used to view operating
parameters and run the turbine. All operating parameters can be controlled from
the PC Interface program, Modbus commands(i.e.OpView), and/or discrete and
analog inputs to the 5009 control.

WARNING
Improperly calibrated devices can cause turbine damage and
possible personnel injury or death. Before starting the turbine for
the first time, and periodically thereafter, verify the calibration of all
external input and output devices.

WARNING
his manual does not contain instructions for the operation of the
complete turbine system. For turbine or plant operating instructions,
contact the plant-equipment manufacturer.

5009 SYSTEM The following procedure should be followed for the initial start up. Before power
POWER - UP is applied, the control should be wired and installed as referenced in Volume 2. If
at any time during this procedure the defined or expected result is not achieved,
reference Volume 2, and begin system troubleshooting.
1. Verify that the turbine is externally tripped.(i.e. close the manual trip valve)
2. Verify that all modules are inserted firmly in the 5009 control and that all
cables connecting the modules to the FTMs are firmly in place.
3. Turn the power for one power supply on and verify that the power supply’s
green LED is the only power supply LED on.
4. Turn the power for second power supply on and verify that the power supply’s
green LED is the only power supply LED on.
5. Momentarily toggle the A, B, & C-Rack’s CPU’s RESET switch up (press the
switch’s top half), then back to its normal down position (press the switch’s
bottom half).

Woodward Governor Company 93


5009 Manual 85580V1

At this point the system will perform Off-Line diagnostics. When all CPUs have
synchronized and completed their diagnostic tests, no red LEDs should be on, and
the control will begin running the application program. The 5009 is now running.
Before any Start Mode parameters or calibrations can be performed, it must be
configured using the PC Interface program described in Volume 3. Once site
specific data has been configured into the control, the remaining operations
functions can be performed.

VALVE / Before initial operation or after a turbine overhaul where any actuator or valve
ACTUATOR travel may have been affected, the below Valve Calibration procedure should be
CALIBRATION & followed to insure that the 5009 is calibrated to both valves (HP & LP). The 5009
TEST uses its actuator output currents to sense HP and LP valve positions. These valve
positions are used by the 5009 to calculate internal turbine ratios, and operating
limits. Thus if the 5009 is not correctly calibrated to each control valves actual
travel, it will incorrectly calculate turbine operating limits. It is recommend that
each valve be manually stroked after the 5009’s output has been calibrated to
insure that the 5009 and the actual valve position match as closely as possible.

After a valid program has been entered the actuator and valve minimum and
maximum positions can be adjusted and tested, if needed. Actuator and valve
positions are determined by the drive current to the actuator. The maximum
actuator current can not be adjusted lower than the minimum actuator current (see
Table 6-1 below). The minimum actuator current can not be adjusted higher than
the maximum actuator current. The driver current ranges are determined by the
setting in the Program Mode under the Driver Configuration Block.

When adjusting or testing actuator and valve travel, verify that sufficient valve
over travel at the minimum stop is achieved (1-2%). This assures that each valve
can fully close to completely shut off the steam flow to the turbine.

Driver Limits 20-160 mA Range 4-20 mA Range

Overcurrent 10% above maximum setting 10% above maximum setting

Under current 10% below minimum setting 10% below minimum setting

Max Output Current Range 8-196 mA 1.8-24 mA


Max Output Impedance 45 ohms 360 ohms

Min Stop Adjust Range 8-100 mA 1.8-12 mA

Max Stop Adjust Range 100-196 mA 12-24 mA

Table 5-1. Actuator Driver Limits

To ensure proper control to actuator resolution do not calibrate the span of the
actuator output to be less than a range of 100 mA (for the 20-160 mA option) or
12 mA (for the 4-20 mA option). If necessary, the actuator to valve linkage may
need to be adjusted to ensure proper 5009 to valve resolution.

94 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

The stroking option is only available when the 5009 control is in a shutdown state.
The emergency shutdown input has to be closed or jumpered(inactive), as this
input being open will shut off the current outputs of the 5009. After enabling the
stroke mode, there are options available to adjust the minimum and maximum
stops and to manually stroke the output(s). The manual adjustment mode can be
used to stroke the actuators and valves from 0 to 100% after the minimum and
maximum positions have been adjusted. This allows both the actuator and valve to
be tested for binding, play, resolution, linearity, and repeatability. The actuator and
valve positions can be varied by using the PC Interface program (Reference
Volume 3), or Modbus commands(i.e. OpView-Reference Volume 4). As a safety
precaution, if turbine speed ever exceeds 1000 rpm, the Valve/Actuator
Calibration and Test will be automatically disabled, and actuator currents taken to
zero.

Valve Calibration
/ Stroking
Procedure

WARNING
Before calibrating or testing, the unit must be tripped and the steam
supply removed. This is to ensure that opening the control valve(s)
will not allow steam into the turbine. Overspeed sensing and its relay
are disabled during this process. Overspeeding the turbine may
cause damage to turbine and can cause severe injury or death to
personnel. STEAM TO THE TURBINE MUST BE SHUT OFF BY OTHER
MEANS DURING THIS PROCESS.

1. All Emergency shutdown inputs must be closed or jumpered throughout this


procedure, or the actuator outputs will go to ZERO current.
2. Execute a system RESET command.
3. PCI: Unlock the Start mode’s security logic. If the Start mode’s Security logic
is locked the calibration settings can only be monitored. If the Start mode’s
Security logic is unlocked, the calibration settings can be monitored and
changed. Reference the Security Button section in Volume 3 for instructions
on locking and unlocking the Start Mode’s Security logic.
4. PCI: In the PCI program click on the respective valve’s Enable button to
enable calibration. OR
Modbus: Enable the respective Valve Stroking mode (i.e. OpView).
5. PCI: Select the “Go Min” button to Step the actuator driver output to its
minimum output current level OR
Modbus: Adjust the actuator output demand to 0%. OR
6. Adjust the current (mA) such that the valve is just at the control minimum
stop of its range. With the adjustment of the current, the operator can watch
the valve move. In an optimum system, the valve should be against its control

Woodward Governor Company 95


5009 Manual 85580V1

minimum stop at its minimum current (4 or 20mA) and off its control
minimum stop at slightly above it (1or2%).
7. PCI: Select the “Go Max” button to Step the actuator driver output to its
maximum output current level OR
Modbus: Adjust the actuator output demand to 100%.
8. Adjust the current (mA) of the valve such that the valve is just at the control
maximum stop of its range. With the adjustment of the current, the operator
can watch the valve move. In an optimum system, the valve should be against
its control maximum stop at its maximum current (20 or 160mA) and off its
control maximum stop at slightly below it (1or2%). If the valve can not reach
its control maximum stop adjust the linkage for more valve travel with respect
to the actuator, repeat calibration procedure.
9. Verify that the valve has a full range of motion and is not binding.
10. Verify that the Actuator current range is at least 12 mA for a 4-20mA valve or
100 mA for a 20-160mA valve. If not, adjust the linkage for less valve travel
with respect to the actuator, and repeat calibration procedure.
11. PCI: Click on the Save Settings button, then Confirm the action to
permanently save all actuator settings into the control. If these settings are not
saved they will be automatically saved within 15 minutes. If these settings are
not saved, and power is lost before the 15 minute save-routine is run all
settings will revert back to their values before the change. OR
Modbus: Issue a “Save Changes” command to permanently save all
actuator settings into the control. If these settings are not saved they will
be automatically saved within 15 minutes. If these settings are not saved,
and power is lost before the 15 minute save-routine is run all settings will
revert back to their values before the change. OR
12. Repeat steps 4 through 11 for each valve.

TURBINE START Refer to the turbine manufacturer’s operating procedures for complete
information on turbine start up, and Chapter 5 of this manual for a step by step
procedure, depending on the start mode selected. The following is a typical start-
up procedure:

WARNING
he turbine, or other type of prime mover should be equipped with a
separate overspeed shutdown device that operates totally
independently of the prime mover control devices. This protects
against runaway or damage to the turbine and associated equipment,
possible personal injury, or loss of life, due to equipment failure or
human error.

96 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

1. Initiate a control reset to clear all alarms and trips and increase the LP Valve
Limiter to 100%. If the 5009’s ‘RESET CLEARS TRIP’ setting is
programmed “YES” in the PC Interface program, the 5009’s shutdown relay
will reset or energize upon initiating a control reset after a shutdown. If the
‘RESET CLEARS TRIP’ setting is programmed “NO”, the 5009’s shutdown
relay will reset or energize upon initiating a control reset ONLY after all trip
conditions are cleared.
2. Initiate a START command to begin the configured start-up mode. If a semi-
automatic start mode is configured, the valve limiter must be manually
increased to open the control valve.
• A ‘Start Perm Not Closed’ alarm will be issued if the application is using
a Start Permissive contact input and this contact input was not closed
when the START command was issued.
3. After the selected start-up mode has been performed, the turbine will operate
at the minimum or idle speed setting. The 5009’s speed setpoint will move to
minimum governor speed unless an idle speed is programmed. The Idle/Rated
Manual R/L ONLY or Auto Start Sequence functions must be programmed
for the turbine to control at idle speed. When using the Auto Start Sequence,
the 5009 will begin stepping through its sequence once it gets to low idle. This
sequence may be stopped, rated speed may be selected (if using idle/rated) or
the operator may vary turbine speed with raise/lower speed commands
through the external switches, or Modbus communication links(i.e. PCI,
OpView).

The ‘Start’ and ‘Reset’ commands can be selected from contact input closures (if
programmed), the PCI program, or Modbus communications links. In addition,
the following indications are available through the Modbus links: Speed Setpt
Moving to Min, Start Permissive Closed, Start Permissive Not Closed, etc. alarm
indication.

Speed Screens The PC program and the OpView have Turbine Start screens that allow the user
access to all of the parameters necessary to start the turbine. For a detailed
description of the screens and access to those parameters reference Volume 3 for
the PCI and Volume 4 for the OpView. If configured, contact inputs will perform
the same functions in the 5009.

Idle/Rated Start For details on the idle/rated startup procedure, refer to Chapter 4 of this manual.
Upon receiving the Start command, the speed setpoint is instantly set to the actual
turbine’s speed. If at zero speed, the speed setpoint will ramp to the idle setting.
To increase the speed to the programmed ‘Rated Setpt’ setting, select the Rated
Speed command. A Rated command can be issued by closing the Idle/Rated
contact (if programmed) or selecting a Go To Rated command from a Modbus
communications link. When the speed setpoint is moving to the Rated Setpoint
setting it can be stopped at any point that is not within a critical speed avoidance
band by issuing a Speed Setpt Raise or Lower command. This can be done by
closing a Speed Raise/Lower contact input or selecting Speed Raise or Lower
from a Modbus communications link. The Speed setpoint will again ramp to the
Rated Speed setting if the Rated command is re-issued.

Woodward Governor Company 97


5009 Manual 85580V1

The Speed setpoint will ramp to the Idle Speed setting upon startup. However, the
Idle Speed setting can be re-selected, when conditions allow, by opening the Idle/
Rated contact (if programmed), or selecting Go To Idle from a Modbus
communications link.

Another feature of the Idle/Rated function is the ‘Ramp to Rated’ option which
allows the speed setpoint to only move to the Rated Speed setting; Idle is not
selectable. This feature is configurable in the Service Mode of the PCI only. When
this feature is used with the Idle/Rated contact input, closing the contact results in
the speed setpoint ramping to the Rated Speed setting, opening the contact stops
the speed setpoint ramp - rather than selecting Go To Idle. To continue ramping to
the Rated Speed setting, re-close the contact or select Go To Rated from a Modbus
communications link.

The following indications are available through the Modbus links: Ramping to
Idle, At Idle, Turbine in Critical Speed Band, Ramping to Rated, and At Rated. In
addition to these indications, the Idle Speed Setpoint and Rated Speed Setpoint
analog values are also available.

Auto Start When a START command is issued the Speed setpoint is instantly set to the
Sequence turbine’s actual speed and the sequence will continue from this point. This
sequence is automatic, however the sequence can be halted. Halting the Auto Start
Sequence can be performed by opening the Halt/Continue contact (if
programmed), selecting Halt from a Modbus communications link, or selecting
Speed Setpt Raise or Lower command. To provide feedback, a relay can be
programmed to indicate the Auto Start Sequence is Halted. The Sequence can be
restarted again by closing the Halt/Continue contact, or selecting Continue from a
Modbus communications link.

The following Auto Start Sequence indications are available through the Modbus
links: Setpt Moving to Min, Setpt at Low Idle, Ramping to High Idle, Setpt at
High Idle, Turbine in Critical Speed Band, Ramping to Rated, and At Rated. In
addition to these indications, the Low Idle Speed Setpoint, Low Idle Delay Time,
Time Remaining at Low Idle, Low Idle to High Idle Rate, High Idle Speed
Setpoint, High Idle Delay Time, Time Remaining at High Idle, High Idle to Rated
Rate, Rated Speed Setpoint, Run Time (hours), and Hours Since Trip analog
values are also available providing comprehensive sequence information.

Dynamic The Speed, Cascade, Extr/Adm, and Auxiliary control loops utilize PID
Adjustments controllers. The response of each control loop can be adjusted for optimum
response, however it is important to understand what a PID controller is and the
effect each controller adjustment has on the controller response. Proportional
gain, integral gain (stability), and DR (speed derivative ratio) are the adjustable
and interacting parameters used to match the response of the control loop with the
response of the system. They correspond to the P (proportional), I (integral), and
D (derivative) terms, and are displayed by the 5009 as follows:
P = Proportional gain (%)
I = Integral gain (%)
D = Derivative (determined by DR and I)

98 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Proportional Proportional response is directly proportional to a process change. Analogy:


Control Setting hand throttle to keep constant speed on a straight and level highway.
Proportional control (using the same analogy) results in a certain speed as long as
the car is not subjected to any load change such as a hill. If a throttle is set to any
particular setting, the speed of the car will remain constant as long as the car
remains straight and level. If the car goes up a hill, it will slow down. Of course,
going down a hill the car would gain speed.

Integral Control Integral compensates for process and setpoint load changes. Analogy: Cruise
control maintains constant speed regardless of hills. Integral, sometimes called
reset, provides additional action to the original proportional response as long as
the process variable remains away from the setpoint. Integral is a function of the
magnitude and duration of the deviation. In this analogy the reset response would
keep the car speed constant regardless of the terrain.

Derivative Derivative provides a temporary over-correction to compensate for long transfer


lags and reduce stabilization time on process upsets (momentary disturbances).
Analogy: Accelerating into high speed lane with merging traffic. Derivative,
sometimes called “preact” or “rate”, is very difficult to draw an accurate analogy
to, because the action takes place only when the process changes and is directly
related to the speed at which the process changes. Merging into high speed traffic
of a freeway from an “on” ramp is no easy task and requires accelerated correction
(temporary overcorrection) in both increasing and decreasing directions. The
application of brakes to fall behind the car in the first continuous lane or passing
gear to get ahead of the car in the first continuous lane is derivative action.

Proportional The amount of controller change is directly related to the process change and the
Response Proportional gain setting on the controller; Controller output change is
Proportional to the process change. If there is no process change, there is no
change in output from the controller (or valve change) regardless of the deviation.
This results in an undesired offset between the original desired Setpoint and the
resulting drop in the Control Point.

Woodward Governor Company 99


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 5-1. Proportional Gain Setting Effects

Proportional Gain Figure 5-1 shows the effect of Proportional gain settings on control. Starting at the
(Effect of top of the graph a load change is introduced. With a small Proportional gain
Settings) (meaning a large process change is required to produce full valve travel), stability
is good but offset is very high. With a moderate gain setting (higher number
setting) stability is still good - offset is still fairly high. With a high setting, offset
is considerably smaller but the stability is poor. The 0.25 ratio effects a minimum
area whereby the offset is reduced to a minimum while stability is in a decaying
manner at 0.25% ratio. The decay ratio used (0.25%) means that if the second
cycle is 1/4 of the first cycle, then each succeeding cycle will be 1/4 of the
preceding cycle until the cycle is not visible.

Since Proportional gain is adjusted to produce the proper stability of a process,


continually increasing its effect will not correct offset conditions. The amount of
stability and offset is directly related to the setting of the Proportional setting.
Stability is of course also affected by the stability of the process. In essence, the
amount of output from the controller due to the Proportional setting is from the
error. If there is no error, then there is no Proportional effect.

Integral Integral Gain as stated in the Woodward controls is repeats per minute (or Reset
Response Rate). Therefore, a high amount of Integral gain (high number) would result in a
large amount of Reset action. Conversely, a low Integral gain (low number) would
result in a slower reset action.

100 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Figure 5-2. Open Loop Proportional and Integral Response

Integral response is provided to eliminate the offset that resulted from straight
Proportional control. Figure 5-2 shows how the controller action is Proportional to
the measurement change, but as we saw earlier, this results in offset. The Integral
(or Reset) action is a function of both time and magnitude of the deviation. As
long as an offset condition (due to load changes) exists, Integral action is taking
place.

The amount of Integral action is a function of four things:


1. The magnitude of the deviation.
2. The duration of the deviation.
3. The Proportional gain setting.
4. The Integral setting.

In this Open Loop figure (5-2), the Integral response is shown increasing due to
the offset condition existing between the temperature and the setpoint. The
resultant action is the top curve showing the step Proportional response that ends
as soon as the measurement stops changing. Then the Integral (or reset) action is
added to the Proportional action in an amount equal to the Integral of the
deviation. In other words, Reset action continues (in either or both directions) as
long as there is a difference (deviation) between the setpoint and the process
measurement. In this case, the deviation will never be eliminated (or even
reduced) because the system is in Open Loop.

Woodward Governor Company 101


5009 Manual 85580V1

Proportional + Figure 5-3 shows the closed loop effects of integral action. The bottom curve
Integral (Closed displays the load change. The next curve up shows the setpoint and the measured
Loop) variable, temperature. With the load change the temperature droops or deviates
from the setpoint. The next highest curve is the Proportional action and follows
the measured variable proportionately. The Integral curve adds to the Proportional
curve resulting in a different valve position, thereby returning the process to the
Setpoint.

Figure 5-3. Closed Loop Proportional and Integral Response

In Closed Loop, however (as opposed to Open Loop), as the measurement decays
toward the Setpoint the Proportional action is taking place Proportionally to the
measurement change, and the Integral action is decaying proportionately to the
magnitude and duration of the deviation until the measurement reaches the
setpoint at which time the Integral action is zero.

Integral (Effects Figure 5-4 shows the effect of fast or slow Integral action. For a given load change
of Settings) an offset results with Proportional response only. Since recovery time (for a given
load change) is important, the Integral setting should remove the offset in
minimum time without adding additional cycling. If two cycles are added, then
too much Integral Gain has been added. Of course, Proportional only must first
establish the 1/4 decay ratio. If increased cycling occurs, the Integral must be
turned off or the controller switched to “manual” if allowed to go too far. Ideally,
the process should not continue to cycle after the setpoint has been reached as in
the second curve from the bottom.

102 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Figure 5-4. Integral Gain (Reset) Setting Responses

Derivative In a process control loop the Derivative action is directly related to how fast the
Response process changes (rate of change). If the process change is slow then the Derivative
action is proportional to that rate of change. Derivative acts by advancing the
Proportional action. Derivative acts at the start of the process change, when the
process changes its rate and when the process stops its change.

Derivative action takes place at only three times:


1. When the process starts to change.
2. When the rate of change takes place in the process.
3. When the process stops changing.

The net result of Derivative action is to oppose any process change and combined
with Proportional action to reduce stabilization time in returning the process to the
setpoint after an upset. Derivative will not remove offset. Woodward Derivative is
split into two working domains, Input dominant and Feedback dominant. The
allowed values for DR range from 0.01 to 100. The most common derivative is
Feedback dominant, it is automatically selected with an Derivative Ratio (DR)
from 1 to 100. The Input dominant domain is selected with DR values between
0.01 to 1.

Woodward Governor Company 103


5009 Manual 85580V1

Feedback dominant applies the derivative action to the integrator feedback term of
the PID equation and is more stable than input dominant derivative. This will not
take corrective action as early and it will be less noise sensitive. When tuning the
derivative, the DR will be established in the 1 to 100 range because it is easier to
tune and more forgiving of excessive values. Most PIDs will employ feedback
dominant derivative.

Input dominant derivative applies the DR term before the integrator term of the
PID equation. When the DR is less than 1, the derivative is input dominant and
reacts very quickly to process upsets. This function is very adapted for PIDs that
control the load parameter, such as load shaft turbine speed. Since the input
dominant derivative is so sensitive, it should be reserved only for applications
without high frequency noise.

Except for input dominant and feedback dominant features, the reciprocal of one
domain will appear identical in the other domain. As an example, consider an DR
of 5.0, the reciprocal being 1/5. That means that an DR of 5.0 will appear the same
as DR of 0.200. The difference in response between these values of 5.0 and 0.2 is
in the dominance feature. If in doubt about the type of derivative to use, then set
up for feedback dominant, 1 < DR < 100.

Proportional +
Derivative
(Closed Loop)

Figure 5-5. Closed Loop Proportional and Derivative Action

104 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Figure 5-5 shows how Derivative acts to oppose a change in process in either
direction. The dashed line shows the Derivative action going through zero to
oppose the process deviation traveling toward zero. Notice offset still exists
between the desired setpoint and the drooped control point that resulted from the
load change. The top curve is the resultant controller output, Proportional plus
Derivative. If an upset (momentary) had occurred rather than a load change, there
would be no offset.

Derivative
(Effects of
Settings)

Figure 5-6. Derivative Setting Effects

Figure 5-6 shows the effect of different Derivative settings. The curves are
relative since it depends on what type of control is desired in order to properly
adjust Derivative time. For example, if minimum cycling is desired (as is shown
here) then Derivative is added to the 1/4 decay cycle provided by Proportional
until more than one cycle is removed and of course the 1/4 decay is destroyed.
However, in most cases it is desirable to retain the 1/4 decay cycle, in which case
Derivative is added to the point of removing only one cycle from the 1/4 decay
ratio then the gain is increased until the 1/4 decay ratio is restored. In all the above
curves, you will note offset exists since offset can only be eliminated by the
addition of Integral (or Reset).

Proportional + Figure 5-7 shows the relationship of valve position to the interaction of the PID
Integral + modes of control whenever a load change takes place in closed loop. As the
Derivative temperature drops due to the load change, the proportional action moves the
(Closed Loop) control valve proportionately to the measurement (temperature) change. The
integral gain/reset adds to the proportional action as a result of the magnitude and
time (duration) of the deviation. And the derivative temporarily over-corrects

Woodward Governor Company 105


5009 Manual 85580V1

based on the speed at which the measurement moves in any direction. The
resultant curve (at the top) shows a similar over-correction (in this case), but in
addition the valve will stay at the new position required to keep the measurement
at the setpoint.

Figure 5-7. Closed Loop Proportional, Integral and Derivative Action

In summary, Derivative provides a temporary over-correction to compensate for


long transfer lags and reduce stabilization time on process upsets (momentary
disturbances).

CAUTION
Do not use if high frequency noise is normally in the measured
variable or the main lag is dead time. After Proportional is set to 1/4
decay ratio and Derivative is adjusted to remove one cycle as well as
decreasing the 1/4 decay ratio, then the Proportional gain can be
increased to restore the 1/4 decay ratio.

Adding Derivative The value of the Derivative Ratio (DR) term can range from 0.01 to 100. In order
to simplify adjustment of the dynamics of the 5009, adjusting the integral gain
value sets both the I and D terms of the PID controller. The DR term establishes
the degree of effect the integral gain value has on the “D” term, and changes the
configuration of a controller from input rate sensitive (input dominant) to
feedback rate sensitive (feedback dominant) and vice versa. Another possible use
of the DR adjustment is to reconfigure the controller from a PID to a PI controller.

106 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

This is done by adjusting the DR term to its upper or lower limits, depending on
whether an input or feedback dominant controller is desired.
• A DR setting of 1 to 100 selects feedback dominant mode.
• A DR setting of .01 to 1 selects input dominant mode.
• A DR setting of .01 or 100 selects a PI only controller, input and feedback
dominant respectively.

The change from one of these configurations to the other may have no effect
during normal operation, however, it can cause great differences in response when
the governor is coming into control. (i.e. at startup, during a full load change, or
during transfer of control from another channel).

An input dominant controller is more sensitive to the change-of-rate of its input


(i.e. Speed, Cascade in or Auxiliary in), and can therefore prevent overshoot of the
setpoint better than a feedback dominant controller. Although this response is
desirable during a startup or full load rejections, it can cause excessive control
motions in some systems where a smooth transition response is desired.

A controller configured as feedback dominant is more sensitive to the change-of-


rate of its feedback (LSS). A feedback dominant controller has the ability to limit
the rate of change of the LSS bus when a controller is near its setpoint but is not
yet in control. This limiting of the LSS bus allows a feedback dominant controller
to make smoother control transitions than an input dominant controller.

GENERAL FIELD The quality of regulation obtained from an automatic control system depends
TUNING upon the adjustments that are made to the various controller modes. Best results
GUIDELINES are obtained when the adjustment (tuning) is done systematically. Prior training
and experience in controller tuning are desirable for effective application of this
procedure.

This procedure will lead to controller settings which will provide:


• Process control without sustained cycling.
• Process recovery in a minimum time

Controller settings derived for given operating conditions are valid over a narrow
range of load change. The settings made for one operating set of conditions may
result in excessive cycling or highly damped response at some other operating
condition. This procedure should be applied under the most difficult operating
conditions to assure conservative settings over the normal operating range. It is
good practice to keep the average of the setpoint changes near the normal setpoint
of the process to avoid excessive departure from normal operating level. After
each setpoint change, allow sufficient time to observe the effect of the last
adjustment (see Figure 6-8). It is wise to wait until approximately 90% of the
change has been completed.

Woodward Governor Company 107


5009 Manual 85580V1

Figure 5-8. Typical Response to Load Change

Tuning Example If the system is unstable, make sure the governor is the cause. This can be checked
by closing the valve limiter until it has control of the actuator output. If the
governor is causing the oscillation, time the oscillation cycle time. A rule-of-
thumb is, if the system’s oscillation cycle time is less than 1 second reduce the
Proportional gain term. A rule-of-thumb is, if the system’s oscillation cycle time is
greater the 1 second reduce the Integral gain term (proportional gain may need to
be increased also). On an initial startup with the 5009, all PID dynamic gain terms
will require adjustment to match the respective PID’s response to that of its
control loop. There are multiple dynamic tuning methods available that can be
used with the 5009’s PIDs to assist in determining the gain terms that provide
optimum control loop response times.

The following method can be used to achieve PID gain values that are close to
optimum:
1. Increase Derivative Ratio (DR) to 100 (Service Mode adjustment)
2. Reduce integral gain to 0.01 (Start Mode adjustment)
3. Increase proportional gain until system just starts to oscillate (Start Mode).
The optimum gain for this step is when the system just starts to oscillate
and maintains a self-sustaining oscillation that does not increase or
decrease in magnitude.
4. Record the control gain (Kc) and oscillation period (T) in seconds.
5. Set the dynamics as follows:
For PI control: G=P(I/s + 1)
Set: Proportional gain = 0.45*Kc
Integral gain = 1.2/T
Derivative ratio = 100

108 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

For PID control: G=P(I/s + 1 + Ds)


Set: Proportional gain = 0.60*Kc
Integral gain = 2/T
Deriv ratio = 8/(T*Integral Gain) for fdbk dominant
= (T*Integral Gain)/8 for input dominant

This method of tuning will get the gain settings close, they can be fine-tuned from
this point.

SPEED, CASC, Dynamic control values are programmed in the program mode and adjusted in the
AUX, & EXT/ADM Start mode. They can be accessed by the PC Interface program (Reference
DYNAMICS Volume 3) or the OpView (Reference Volume 4). The Speed, Cascade, Auxiliary,
ADJUSTMENTS and Extr/Adm controls are PID controllers. The response of each control loop can
be adjusted by selecting the dynamics mode as described above. Proportional
gain, integral gain (stability), and SDR (speed derivative ratio) are the adjustable
and interacting parameters used to match the response of the control loop with the
response of the system. They correspond to the P (proportional), I (integral), and
D (derivative) terms, and are displayed by the 5009 as follows:
P = Proportional gain (%)
I = Integral gain (%)
D = Derivative (determined by SDR and I)

Tuning P & I Proportional gain must be tuned to best respond to a system transient or step
Gains change. If system response is not known, a typical starting value is 5%. If
proportional gain is set too high the control will appear to be overly sensitive, and
may oscillate with a cycle time of less than 1 second.

Integral gain must be tuned for best control at steady state. If system response is
not known a typical starting value is 0.5%. If the integral gain is set too high the
control may hunt or oscillate at cycles times of over 1 second.

For best response the proportional gain and integral gain should be as high as
possible. To obtain a faster transient response, slowly increase the proportional
gain setting until the actuator or final driver output begins to oscillate or waver.
Then adjust the integral gain as necessary to stabilize the output. If stability
cannot be obtained with the integral gain adjustment, reduce the proportional gain
setting.

A well tuned system, when given a step change, should slightly overshoot the
control point then come into control.

A PID control loop’s gain is a combination of all the gains in the loop. The loop’s
total gain includes actuator gain, valve gain, valve linkage gain, transducer gain,
internal turbine gains, and the 5009’s adjustable gains. If the accumulated
mechanical gain (actuators, valves, valve linkage, etc.) is very high, the 5009’s
gain must be very low to be added to the system gain required for system stability.

Woodward Governor Company 109


5009 Manual 85580V1

In cases where a small change in the 5009’s output results in a large speed or load
change (high mechanical gain) it may not be possible to take the 5009’s gains low
enough to reach stable operation. In those cases the mechanical interface
(actuator, linkage, servo, valve rack) design and/or calibration should be reviewed
and changed to achieve a gain of one where 0-100% 5009 output corresponds to
0-100% valve travel.

Dual Dynamics The Speed PID has two sets of dynamics, On-Line and Off-Line; each include
(Speed/Load) Proportional Gain, Integral Gain, and Derivative Ratio (SDR) variables. There are
three cases that determine when the dynamics switch between

On-Line and Off-Line:


• A “Select On-Line Dynamics” contact input is programmed
• Unit is driving a generator
• Unit is driving a mechanical drive (not a generator)

If a contact input is programmed to “Select On-Line Dynamics”, it has priority


regardless of the driven device. When the contact is closed, On-Line dynamics are
selected; when open, Off-Line dynamics are selected.

If the unit is driving a generator and no “Select On-Line Dynamics” contact input
is programmed, the Speed Off-Line dynamics are used by the Speed PID when the
generator or utility tie breaker contacts are open. The speed On-Line dynamics are
used by the speed PID when the generator and utility tie breaker contacts are
closed. If the Speed Dynamics Select contact is programmed, the generator and
utility tie contacts do not effect the dynamics selection.

If the unit is not driving a generator and no “Select On-Line Dynamics” contact
input is programmed, the Speed Off-Line dynamic settings are used when the
turbine speed is below minimum governor speed. On-Line dynamics are used if
the turbine speed is above minimum governor speed. If the Speed Dynamics
Select contact is programmed, the turbine speed does not effect the dynamics
selection. A relay can be programmed to indicate that the On-Line Dynamics
mode is selected.

Cascade, The Cascade, Auxiliary, and Extr/Adm controllers can be programmed to use
Auxiliary, or Extr/ droop for control loop stability. If the parameter being controlled (Casc, Aux,
Adm Droop Extr/Adm) is also being controlled by another device (letdown station, boiler, or
other turbine), droop is typically required for control loop stability. If required, no
less than 5% droop is recommended for stable operation.

Tuning Derivative The value of the Derivative Ratio (DR) term can range from 0.01 to 100. If unsure
of the correct value, set the Speed control’s DR term to 5% and the Aux, Cascade,
& Extr/Adm controllers’ DR terms to 100%. In order to simplify adjustment of
the dynamics, adjusting the integral gain value sets both the I and D terms of the
PID controller. The DR term establishes the degree of effect the integral gain
value has on the “D” term, and changes the configuration of a controller from

110 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

input rate sensitive (input dominant) to feedback rate sensitive (feedback


dominant) and vice versa.

Another possible use of the DR adjustment is to reconfigure the controller from a


PID to a PI controller. This is done by adjusting the DR term to its upper or lower
limits, depending on whether an input or feedback dominant controller is desired.
• A DR setting of 1 to 100 selects feedback dominant mode.
• A DR setting of .01 to 1 selects input dominant mode.
• A DR setting of .0101 or 100 selects a PI only controller, input and
feedback dominant respectively.

The change from one of these configurations to the other may have no effect
during normal operation, however, it can cause great differences in response when
the governor is coming into control. (i.e. at startup, during a full load change, or
during transfer of control from another channel).

An input dominant controller is more sensitive to the change-of-rate of its input


(i.e. Speed, Cascade in, Auxiliary in, or Extr/Adm in), and can therefore prevent
overshoot of the setpoint better than a feedback dominant controller. Although
this response is desirable during a startup or full load rejections, it can cause
excessive control motions in some systems where a smooth transition response is
desired.

A controller configured as feedback dominant is more sensitive to the change-of-


rate of its feedback (LSS in the case of Speed and Aux). A feedback dominant
controller has the ability to limit the rate of change of the LSS bus when a
controller is near its setpoint but is not yet in control. This limiting of the LSS bus
allows a feedback dominant controller to make smoother control transitions than
an input dominant controller.

OVERSPEED The Overspeed Test function allows an operator to increase turbine speed above
TEST FUNCTION its rated operating range to periodically test the turbines electrical and/or
mechanical overspeed protection logic and circuitry. This includes the control’s
internal overspeed trip logic and any external overspeed trip device’s settings and
logic.

Woodward Governor Company 111


5009 Manual 85580V1

There are two types of overspeed tests available depending on whether you are
testing the control’s trip logic or and external device. The Electrical (5009)
Overspeed Test tests the overspeed functionality of the 5009 control. The External
Overspeed Test tests the functionality of any external overspeed device and
overrides the 5009’s overspeed trip. An overspeed test is only allowed under the
following conditions:
• The Speed PID must be in control.
• Auxiliary, Cascade, Ext/Adm, and Remote Speed Setpoint functions must
be disabled.
• Generator breaker must be open, if configured for a generator application.
• Speed setpoint must be at the maximum governor speed setting.
Peak Speed Register. The control uses a Peak Speed register to save the
highest speed sensed by the control. This register can only be reset through the
control’s PCI program or a “Clear Highest/Max Speed Hold Value” Modbus
command. It is recommended that this register be reset before every overspeed
test.

TESTING NOTES
• During an Overspeed Test, the speed setpoint can only be raised up to the
“Overspeed Test Limit” setting. The control is defaulted to automatically
trip if turbine speed reaches the Overspeed Test Limit setting (changeable
via the PCI program’s Service mode).
• If the speed remains above the maximum governing speed for more than
60 seconds (as defaulted in Service mode) without any adjustment to the
speed set point, the speed set point will automatically ramp back down to
the maximum governing speed. If the speed remains above the Overspeed
trip (External Test) setting for more than 60 seconds (as defaulted in
Service mode) without any adjustment to the speed set point, an
emergency shutdown will be issued.
• The programmable “Overspeed Trip” indication relay only energizes
when an Emergency shutdown is performed due to an Overspeed Trip
condition.
• The programmable “Overspeed Test Enabled” indication relay will
energize when an Overspeed Test is performed. This relay toggles on and
off when turbine speed is above the turbine Overspeed trip setting.
Electrical (5009) Overspeed Test procedure. The Electrical (5009)
Overspeed Test tests the overspeed functionality of the 5009 control.
1. Reset the control’s Peak-Speed register.
2. Verify that the turbine is in speed control then raise the speed setpoint to the
“maximum control speed” setting.
3. Initiate the Overspeed Test through the PCI program, a contact input or
Modbus command (i.e. OpView).
4. Raise the speed setpoint to the Electrical Overspeed Trip point.

112 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

5. PCI or Modbus based test - If performing this test through the PCI program
or Modbus, when the turbine reaches the overspeed trip point the control will
issue an alarm, and perform an emergency shutdown. OR
Contact Input based test - If performing this test with the Overspeed
Test contact input, when the turbine reaches the overspeed trip point the
control will issue an alarm. At this point if the contact input is opened the
unit will perform and emergency shutdown. If the contact is not opened at
the overspeed trip point, turbine speed can be increased to test external
overspeed devices.
External (5009) Overspeed Test procedure. The External Overspeed Test
tests the functionality of any external overspeed device and overrides the 5009’s
overspeed trip. The following procedure will test the turbine’s external overspeed
trip(s).
1. Reset the control’s Peak-Speed register.
2. Verify that the turbine is in speed control then raise the speed setpoint to the
“maximum control speed” setting.
3. Initiate the Overspeed Test through the PCI program, a contact input or
Modbus command (i.e. OpView).
4. Raise the speed setpoint to the Electrical Overspeed Trip point.
5. PCI or Modbus based test - If performing this test through the PCI program
or Modbus, when the turbine reaches the overspeed trip point the control will
issue an alarm, but WILL NOT shut down the turbine. OR
Contact Input based test - If performing this test with the Overspeed
Test contact input, when the turbine reaches the overspeed trip point the
control will issue an alarm. At this point the contact input must be held
closed to allow turbine speed to be increased to test the external device.
At this point if the contact input is opened the unit will perform an
emergency shutdown.
6. When the turbine reaches the external overspeed trip point the external
overspeed device (i.e. mechanical trip) will trip the turbine.

There are two programmable relay options available to indicate overspeed status.
One programmable relay option indicates an Overspeed Trip condition. The
second relay option provides indication that a Overspeed Test is being performed.
All pertinent overspeed test parameters are available through Modbus.

OPERATION Once the control has been configured, calibrated, and dynamically adjusted, it is
INFORMATION considered to be in the operational or Start mode. All of the operating parameters
necessary to run the turbine are available from either the configurable contact and
analog inputs or from a Modbus port. Input changes or Modbus communications
are referred to as Start mode “commands”. The two Modbus ports in the 5009 can
talk to the PC Interface program, the OpView touch screen workstation, and/or
any external control system(DSC) capable of communicating via Modbus. For

Woodward Governor Company 113


5009 Manual 85580V1

detailed information on how the PCI and OpView access the Start mode
parameters, Reference Volume 3(PCI) and Volume 4(OpView). For detailed
information on how PCI configures the contact and analog input “commands” and
tunes the analog inputs (Service Mode), Reference Volume 3.

NOTE
In the event that more than one command is received(i.e. conflicting
contact input and Modbus command) the last command received will
be the command acted upon.

Speed Control The Speed controller can not be disabled. When auxiliary and cascade control
have been disabled, the speed PID will try to control the turbine at the speed
setpoint, offset by the amount of droop configured into the speed loop. The
Auxiliary controller and the Cascade controller will track the speed PID through
the LSS bus in order to achieve a bumpless transfer if they are enabled. Control of
the speed of the turbine is obtained by manipulating the speed setpoint, when the
Speed controller is the controlling parameter.

During the initial start sequence the 5009 control ramps the speed setpoint up to
the configured idle or minimum control settings. The rate at which the setpoint
changes is configured in the PC Interface program. Once the turbine is up to
minimum control speed, the speed setpoint is adjusted through the RAISE SPEED
and LOWER SPEED commands. Again, the rate of change is configurable
through the PC Interface program. If the RAISE or LOWER command is
continually given for more than three seconds, the rate of change goes to the fast
rate (three times the configured rate). The speed setpoint adjustment commands
are available whenever the Auxiliary controller and the Cascade controller are
both disabled.

If the Cascade controller is enabled, the cascade setpoint will have tracked the
speed setpoint and will provide a bumpless transfer to cascade control. The speed
setpoint will be adjusted by the cascade PID and at the point of transfer they will
be the same. The Speed controller will still control the turbine, but the Cascade
controller will now control the speed setpoint. Since the Cascade controller is
based on some other parameter (not speed), the raise and lower speed commands
are disabled. Because the Cascade controller changes the speed setpoint and not
the actual LSS bus, whenever the Cascade is disabled, a bumpless transfer back to
speed control occurs. The raise and lower speed commands are then enabled.

If the Auxiliary controller is enabled, the auxiliary setpoint will have tracked the
speed setpoint and will provide a bumpless transfer to auxiliary control. The speed
setpoint will then be automatically adjusted by the 5009 to track the LSS bus. The
raise and lower speed commands are disabled whenever the Auxiliary controller is
enabled. The PID feedback loop of the Speed controller will manipulate the speed
setpoint to allow a bumpless transfer back to speed control in the event the
Auxiliary controller is disabled. In both the auxiliary control and the cascade
control, if the controlling parameter changes, the speed setpoint will keep the
turbine at the same controlling point.

114 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

If the application is a generator driving a utility, the Speed controller can be used
to control load or power. If the Auxiliary controller is not configured to control on
Load/Power, the speed setpoint can be used (with droop) to increase load on the
turbine. The raise and lower speed commands would be used to bring the turbine
on line and then used again to increase and decrease the load on the turbine.
Remote Speed Setpoint. An additional feature of the Speed controller is the
remote speed setpoint. The Remote Speed Setpoint Mode can be enabled and
disabled through ENABLE and DISABLE commands. It can only be enabled if
the Auxiliary controller and the Cascade controller are both disabled. If the
Remote Speed Setpoint is enabled, the speed setpoint will ramp towards the
remote speed setpoint at a configured rate (initial PCI configuration). The remote
speed setpoint is determined by a 4-20mA analog input. This input signal is
controlled from an external device. This allows some other parameter not
monitored by the 5009 to control the speed of the turbine. The actual speed
setpoint will ramp to the remote speed setpoint at an initial configured rate
whenever the Remote Speed Setpoint Mode is enabled. Once in control, as the
remote speed setpoint input changes, the speed setpoint will ramp towards it at the
max speed setpoint rate (as configured in the PCI). If the Remote Speed Setpoint
Mode is disabled, the speed setpoint will remain where it is at until a new
command is received.

In the event that the remote speed setpoint input(4-20mA) is not within tolerance
(failed input), an alarm will be given and the Remote Speed Setpoint Mode will be
automatically disabled.
Synchronous Loadsharing Control. An additional feature of the Speed
controller is the Synchronous/Loadsharing controller. The Synchronous
Loadsharing Control can be enabled and disabled through ENABLE and
DISABLE commands. When Loadsharing is enabled he Auxiliary and cascade
controller are both disabled. This function is only used in a generator application.
After the turbine is at rated speed, the Synchronous Loadsharing Control can be
enabled to synchronize the generator to the utility.

Synchronization is done automatically by a Woodward DSLC and the 5009


control. The DSLC communicates commands to the 5009 in order to match speed
and phase to the utility. After synchronization and the breakers are closed, the
speed setpoint is adjusted up 3%(tunable in the service mode of the PCI) in order
to prevent reverse power. The 5009 then uses the breaker logic to initiate
loadsharing. If the 5009 has not been configured for loadsharing, this function is
ignored.

Auxiliary Control The Auxiliary controller can be enabled and disabled using the ENABLE and
DISABLE Auxiliary control commands. The Cascade controller must be disabled
to initiate auxiliary control. While auxiliary control is disabled, the auxiliary
setpoint is automatically adjusted to track the LSS bus by the 5009 control. When
the enable command is given, the raise and lower speed commands are disabled
and the control sets the auxiliary input as the controlling parameter. Since the
auxiliary setpoint has tracked the LSS bus, the transfer is bumpless and the
auxiliary setpoint matches the speed setpoint.

Woodward Governor Company 115


5009 Manual 85580V1

The auxiliary setpoint can then be adjusted through the RAISE AUXILIARY and
LOWER AUXILIARY commands. The rate at which the auxiliary setpoint
changes is configured in the PC Interface program. If the RAISE or LOWER
command is continually given for more than three seconds, the rate of change
goes to the fast rate (three times the configured rate). The auxiliary setpoint
adjustment commands are available whenever the Auxiliary controller is enabled.
Auxiliary Limiting. The Auxiliary controller can also be used as a limiter. In
this function the Auxiliary limiter is always enabled and can never be disabled.
The auxiliary setpoint can be adjusted in the same ways as the Auxiliary
controller. The difference is that the auxiliary setpoint is not tracking the speed
setpoint. If the speed setpoint is raised above the auxiliary limiter, the limiter will
take control of the valve, and the Speed controller will track the LSS bus. When
conditions change such that the Auxiliary controller is no longer the controlling
parameter, the Speed controller will resume control. When the Auxiliary limiter
has control, the raise and lower speed commands are disabled.
Remote Auxiliary Setpoint. An additional feature of the Auxiliary controller
is the remote auxiliary setpoint. The Remote Auxiliary Setpoint Mode can be
enabled and disabled through ENABLE and DISABLE commands. It can only be
enabled if the Auxiliary controller is enabled and the Cascade controller is
disabled. If the Remote Auxiliary Setpoint Mode is enabled, the auxiliary setpoint
will ramp towards the remote auxiliary setpoint at a configured rate(PCI). The
remote auxiliary setpoint is determined by a 4-20mA analog input. This input
signal is controlled from an external device. This allows some other parameter not
monitored by the 5009 to control the turbine. The actual auxiliary setpoint will
ramp to the remote auxiliary setpoint at an initial configured rate whenever the
Remote Auxiliary Setpoint Mode is enabled. Once in control, as the remote
auxiliary setpoint input changes, the auxiliary setpoint will ramp towards it at the
max auxiliary setpoint rate(PCI). If the Remote Auxiliary Setpoint Mode is
disabled, the auxiliary setpoint will remain where it is at, until a new command is
received.

In the event that the remote auxiliary setpoint input(4-20mA) is not within
tolerance (failed input), an alarm will be given and the Remote Auxiliary Setpoint
Mode will be automatically disabled.

Cascade Control The Cascade controller can be enabled and disabled using the ENABLE and
DISABLE cascade control commands. The Auxiliary controller must be disabled
to initiate cascade control. While cascade control is disabled, the cascade PID
output is automatically adjusted to track the LSS bus by the 5009 control. When
the enable command is given, the raise and lower speed commands are disabled
and the control sets the cascade input as the controlling parameter. Since the
cascade setpoint has tracked the LSS bus, the transfer is bumpless and the cascade
setpoint matches the speed setpoint.

116 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Once the Cascade controller has been enabled, the cascade setpoint can then be
adjusted through the RAISE CASCADE and LOWER CASCADE commands.
The rate at which the cascade setpoint changes is configured in the PC Interface
program. If the RAISE or LOWER command is continually given for more than
three seconds, the rate of change goes to the fast rate (three times the configured
rate). The cascade setpoint adjustment commands are available whenever the
Cascade controller is enabled.

NOTE
The rate at which the cascade setpoint changes is independent of the
P, I, & D terms of the actual cascade PID. Moving the setpoint at a
slower rate will not slow down the rate at which the Cascade
controller moves the speed setpoint.

Remote Cascade Setpoint. An additional feature of the Cascade controller is


the remote cascade setpoint. The Remote Cascade Setpoint Mode can be enabled
and disabled through ENABLE and DISABLE commands. It can only be enabled
if the Cascade controller is enabled and the Auxiliary controller is disabled. If the
Remote Cascade Setpoint Mode is enabled, the cascade setpoint will ramp
towards the remote cascade setpoint at a configured rate(PCI). The remote
cascade setpoint is determined by a 4-20mA analog input. This input signal is
controlled from an external device. This allows some other parameter not
monitored by the 5009 to control the turbine. The actual Cascade setpoint will
ramp to the remote cascade setpoint at an initial configured rate whenever the
Remote Cascade Setpoint Mode is enabled. Once in control, as the remote cascade
setpoint input changes, the cascade setpoint will ramp towards it at the max
cascade setpoint rate(PCI). If the Remote Cascade Setpoint Mode is disabled, the
cascade setpoint will remain where it is at, until a new command is received.

In the event that the remote cascade setpoint input(4-20mA) is not within
tolerance (failed input), an alarm will be given and the Remote Cascade Setpoint
Mode will be automatically disabled.

Valve Limiters The HP and LP valve limiters, once configured, are enabled at all times. The
limiters “limit” the valve position. The HP limiter puts a high limit on the HP
valve, and the LP limiter puts either a high or a low limit on the LP valve. High
limit for extraction turbines and a low limit on admission or extr/admission
turbines. The limiters are adjustable at all times by using the OPEN and CLOSE
commands. The rate at which the limiters move and the span (in %) in which they
can be adjusted are configurable in the PCI.

Woodward Governor Company 117


5009 Manual 85580V1

Extraction/ The Extraction/Admission controller can be enabled and disabled using the
Admission ENABLE and DISABLE Extr\ Adm control commands, or it can automatically be
Control enabled by the 5009 control when all permissives have been met. Reference
Chapter 4 of this manual for a detailed description of all the features of Extr/Adm
control. While Extr/Adm control is disabled, the extr/adm setpoint can be
automatically adjusted to track the Ext/Adm input. When the enable command is
given, the control is already controlling at the present setpoint and a bumpless
transfer is made. The setpoint then can be raised and lowered through RAISE and
LOWER Extr/Adm commands. If setpoint tracking has been disabled, the valve
limiters as described above are used to slowly bring the Extr\ Adm input into the
control range. Once the extr\ adm controller is in control, the RAISE and LOWER
Extr\ Adm commands will then change the extr\ adm setpoint.
Remote Extraction/Admission Setpoint. An additional feature of the Extr\
Adm controller is the remote extr\ adm setpoint. The Remote Extr\ Adm Setpoint
Mode can be enabled and disabled through ENABLE and DISABLE commands.
It can only be enabled if all permissives are met (reference Chapter 4). If a contact
input is programmed for enabling Remote Extr\ Adm Setpoint Mode, and another
input is NOT programmed for Extr\ Adm Setpoint Mode, then the Remote Extr\
Adm Setpoint Mode contact will perform both functions. Both inputs are
available from the Modbus ports if Remote Extr\ Adm Control is configured. The
remote extr\ adm setpoint is determined by a 4-20mA analog input. This input
signal is controlled from an external device. This allows some other parameter not
monitored by the 5009 to control the turbine. The actual extr\ adm setpoint will
ramp to the remote extr\ adm setpoint at an initial configured rate whenever the
Remote Extr\ Adm Setpoint Mode is enabled. Once in control, as the remote extr\
adm setpoint input changes, the extr\ adm setpoint will ramp towards it at the max
extr\ adm setpoint rate(PCI). If the Remote Extr\ Adm Setpoint Mode is disabled,
the extr\ adm setpoint will remain where it is at, until a new command is received.

In the event that the remote extr\ adm setpoint input(4-20mA) is not within
tolerance (failed input), an alarm will be given and the Remote Extr\ Adm
Setpoint Mode will be automatically disabled.

Alarms A listing of Alarm and Trip messages is available only through the Modbus ports
(i.e. OpView, PCI program). Relay outputs can be configured in the PCI program
for some individual alarm/trip indications (Reference Volume 3) and also for any
alarm/trip present indication. But for a description and time stamping as described
in the following chapter, a Modbus port must be used.

118 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

CHAPTER 6
ALARMS/TRIPS

The 5009 monitors all alarms and trips sends them to the PC Interface program
and Modbus. This chapter includes a list of all alarms and shutdowns and possible
causes of the alarm/trip. A Time Stamp resolution is given for each alarm/trip.
When the alarm/trip is sent to the PC Interface program and to the Modbus ports,
the time the alarm/trip occurred is sent with it (up to the resolution shown).

Trips External Trip Input


Explanation - External Trip contact input was opened.
Time Stamp - 1mS resolution.
External Trip (2-10)
Explanation - External Trip (2-10) contact input was opened and the Fault light is off.
Time Stamp - 1mS resolution.
PC Program Trip
Explanation - Emergency Shutdown was selected from the PC programmer.
Time Stamp - 10mS resolution.
Kernel A (Link #1) Trip
Explanation - Modbus #1 communication link trip was commanded.
Time Stamp - 10mS resolution.
Kernel C (Link #2) Trip
Explanation - Modbus #2 communication link trip was commanded.
Time Stamp - 10mS resolution.
Overspeed Trip
Explanation - Turbine overspeed was sensed.
Time Stamp - 10mS resolution.
All Speed Probes Failed
Explanation - Loss of all speed probes was sensed.
Time Stamp - 10mS resolution.
All Analog I/O Mods Failed
Explanation - Loss of all Analog I/O Modules was detected.
Time Stamp - 10mS resolution.
All Discrete I/O Mods Failed
Explanation - Loss of all Discrete I/O Modules was detected.
Time Stamp - 10mS resolution.
Act #1 (HP) Fault
Explanation - All Actuator #1 outputs failed.
Time Stamp - 10mS resolution.
Act #2 (LP) Fault
Explanation - All Actuator #2 outputs failed.
Time Stamp - 10mS resolution.
Aux Input Failed
Explanation - All Auxiliary analog inputs failed.
Time Stamp - 10mS resolution.

Woodward Governor Company 119


5009 Manual 85580V1

Extraction Input Failed


Explanation - All Extraction analog inputs failed.
Time Stamp - 10mS resolution.
Tie Breaker Opened
Explanation - Utility tie breaker was opened after it was closed.
Time Stamp - 1mS resolution.
Generator Breaker Opened
Explanation - Generator breaker was opened after it was closed.
Time Stamp - 1mS resolution.
Power Up Trip
Explanation - Control lost power and CPU was reset or the Program mode was exited.
Time Stamp - 10mS resolution.
Controlled Shutdown Complete
Explanation - Controlled shutdown was performed and completed.
Time Stamp - 10mS resolution.
Configuration Error
Explanation - Configuration Error was detected.
Time Stamp - 10mS resolution.

Chassis/ Alarm - Kernel x Anlg I/O Module Flt


Operating Explanation - Failure of the Analog I/O module in Kernel x (A, B, C). Verify that the
System Alarms module is inserted and the Fault light is off.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Kernel x Discrete I/O Mod Flt
Explanation - Failure of the Discrete I/O module in Kernel x (A, B, C). Verify that the
module is inserted and the Fault light is off.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Kernel x Fault
Explanation - Kernel x CPU fault. Verify that the CPU is inserted and reset.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Kernel x Overtemperature Alarm
Explanation - Kernel overtemperature detected x (A, B, C).
Time Stamp - 40 mS resolution.
Alarm - Power Supply #x Fault
Explanation - Power supply #x (1,2) fault detected. Check input and output voltages
of the supply.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Operating System Fault
Explanation - Operating system alarm detected.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.

Application Alarm - Start Perm Not Closed


Alarms Explanation - Start was selected while the Start Permissible contact input was not
closed.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Kernel x Comm Link Failed
Explanation - Kernel x (A, B, C) communications link was detected as failed.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Turbine Trip
Explanation - Turbine has tripped.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.

120 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Alarm - Overspeed
Explanation - Turbine speed is above trip level.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Stuck in Critical Band
Explanation - Turbine speed was stuck or forced into a critical band too long.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Tie Breaker Opened
Explanation - Utility Tie Breaker was opened after it was closed.
Time Stamp - 1mS resolution.
Alarm - Gen Breaker Opened
Explanation - Generator Breaker was opened after it was closed.
Time Stamp - 1mS resolution.
Alarm - Tie Breaker Open / No Casc
Explanation - Utility Tie Breaker was opened when Cascade was active.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Gen Breaker Open / No Casc
Explanation - Generator Breaker was opened when Cascade was active.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Tie Breaker Open / No Remote
Explanation - Utility Tie Breaker was opened when Remote Spd Setpt was active.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Gen Breaker Open / No Remote
Explanation - Generator Breaker was opened when Remote Spd Setpt was active.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Tie Breaker Open / No Aux
Explanation - Utility Tie Breaker was opened when Auxiliary was active.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Gen Breaker Open / No Aux
Explanation - Generator Breaker was opened when Auxiliary was active.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Tie Breaker Open / No Extr
Explanation - Utility Tie Breaker was opened when Extraction control was active.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Gen Breaker Open / No Extr
Explanation - Generator Breaker was opened when Extraction control was active.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - External Alarm #x
Explanation - External Alarm #x (2-10) contact input was opened.
Time Stamp - 1mS resolution.
Alarm - Spd Setpt Entrd in Critical
Explanation - Speed setpoint was entered/set in a critical avoidance band.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Configuration Error
Explanation - Invalid configuration.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.

Speed Probe Alarm - Spd Probe #x Input Fld


Alarms Explanation - All Speed probe #x (1-4) inputs failed.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.

Woodward Governor Company 121


5009 Manual 85580V1

Alarm - Spd Probe #1 Deviation Alm


Explanation - Speed probe input is out of tolerance with other speed probes.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Spd Probe #1 Ospd Alm
Explanation - Speed probe input is above overspeed alarm setting.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Spd Probe #x Kernel y Fault
Explanation - Input failure or input is out of tolerance from speed probe x (1,4) in
kernel y (A,B,C).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.

Analog Input Alarm - Anlg Input #x Kernel y Fault


Alarm Explanation - Input failure or input is out of tolerance from analog input #x (1-8) in
kernel y (A,B,C).
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.

Discrete Input Alarm - Discrete In #x Kernel y Fault


Alarm Explanation - Input mismatch from other kernels from input #x (1-24) in kernel y
(A,B,C).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.

Cascade Alarms Alarm - All Cascade Inputs Failed


Explanation - All Cascade analog inputs failed.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Casc Input #x Failed
Explanation - Cascade input #x (1,2,3) failure detected.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Casc Input #x Deviation Alm
Explanation - Cascade input #x (1,2,3) is out of tolerance, but not failed.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Casc Input #x High Alm
Explanation - Cascade input #x (1,2,3) above the high alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Casc Input #x Low Alarm
Explanation - Cascade input #x (1,2,3) below the low alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Rmt Casc Setpt Input Failed
Explanation - Remote Cascade Setpoint analog input failed.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Rmt Casc Setpt Input High Alm
Explanation - Remote Cascade Setpoint input above the high alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Rmt Casc Setpt Input Low Alarm
Explanation - Remote Cascade Setpoint input below the low alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.

Extraction Alarm - All Extraction Inputs Failed


Alarms Explanation - All Extraction analog inputs failed.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.

122 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Alarm - Extraction Input #x Failed


Explanation - Extraction input #x (1,2,3) failure detected.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Extraction Input #x Deviation Alm
Explanation - Extraction input #x (1,2,3) is out of tolerance, but not failed.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Extraction Input #x High Alm
Explanation - Extraction input #x (1,2,3) above the high alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Extraction Input #x Low Alarm
Explanation - Extraction input #x (1,2,3) below the low alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Rmt Extr Setpt Input Failed
Explanation - Remote Extraction Setpoint analog input failed.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Rmt Extr Setpt Input High Alm
Explanation - Remote Extraction Setpoint input above the high alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Rmt Extr Setpt Input Low Alarm
Explanation - Remote Extraction Setpoint input below the low alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.

Auxiliary Alarms Alarm - All Aux Inputs Failed


Explanation - All Aux analog inputs failed.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Aux Input #x Failed
Explanation - Aux input #x (1,2,3) failure detected.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Aux Input #x Deviation Alm
Explanation - Aux input #x (1,2,3) is out of tolerance, but not failed.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Aux Input #x High Alm
Explanation - Aux input #x (1,2,3) above the high alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Aux Input #x Low Alarm
Explanation - Aux input #x (1,2,3) below the low alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Rmt Aux Setpt Input Failed
Explanation - Remote Auxiliary Setpoint analog input failed.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Rmt Aux Setpt Input High Al
Explanation - Remote Auxiliary Setpoint input above the high alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Rmt Aux Setpt Input Low Alarm
Explanation - Remote Auxiliary Setpoint input below the low alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.

Woodward Governor Company 123


5009 Manual 85580V1

KW Alarms Alarm - All KW Inputs Failed


Explanation - All KW analog inputs failed.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - KW Input #x Failed
Explanation - KW input #x (1,2,3) failure detected.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - KW Input #x Deviation Alm
Explanation - KW input #x (1,2,3) is out of tolerance, but not failed.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - KW Input #x High Alm
Explanation - KW input #x (1,2,3) above the high alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - KW Input #x Low Alarm
Explanation - KW input #x (1,2,3)below the low alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.

FSP (First Stage Alarm - FSP Input Failed


Pressure) Alarms Explanation - FSP analog input failed.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - FSP Input High Alm
Explanation - FSP input above the high alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - FSP Input Low Alarm
Explanation - FSP input below the low alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.

Speed Setpoint Alarm - Rmt Spd Setpt Input Failed


Alarms Explanation - Remote Speed Setpoint input failure detected.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Rmt Spd Setpt Input High Alm
Explanation - Remote Speed Setpoint input above the high alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Rmt Spd Setpt Input Low Alarm
Explanation - Remote Speed Setpoint input below the low alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.

Load Share Alarm - All Load Share Setpt Inputs Failed


Alarms Explanation - All Load Share Setpoint analog inputs failed.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Load Share Setpt Input #x Failed
Explanation - Load Share Setpoint input #x (1,2,3) failure detected.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Load Share Setpt Input #x Deviation Alm
Explanation - Load Share Setpoint input #x (1,2,3) is out of tolerance, but not failed.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Load Share Setpt Input #x High Alm
Explanation - Load Share Setpoint input #x (1,2,3) above the high alarm setpoint
level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.

124 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Alarm - Load Share Setpt Input #x Low Alarm


Explanation - Load Share Setpoint input #x (1,2,3) below the low alarm setpoint
level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.

Synchronizing Alarm - Sync Input Failed


Alarms Explanation - Synchronizing input failure detected.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Sync Input High Alm
Explanation - Synchronizing input above the high alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Sync Input Low Alarm
Explanation - Synchronizing input below the low alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.

Monitor Input Alarm - Monitor Input Failed


Alarms Explanation - Monitor input failure detected.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Monitor Input High Alm
Explanation - Monitor input above the high alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.
Alarm - Monitor Input Low Alarm
Explanation - Monitor input below the low alarm setpoint level.
Time Stamp - 5mS resolution.

Driver Alarms Alarm - Act #1 (HP) Failed


Explanation - All HP (Actuator #1) drivers are failed.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Act #1 Driver x Fault
Explanation - HP (Actuator #1) Kernel x (A,B,C) fault detected.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Act #1 (HP) Load Fault
Explanation - HP (Actuator #1) Load/Coil Fault detected (single coil/load).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Act #1 (HP) Load 'A/B' Fault
Explanation - HP (Act #1) Load/Coil from Kernel A/B Fault detected (dual coil/
load).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Act #1 (HP) Load 'C' Fault
Explanation - HP (Act #1) Load/Coil from Kernel C Fault detected (dual coil/load).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Act #2 (LP) Failed
Explanation - All LP (Actuator #2) drivers are failed.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Act #2 Driver x Fault
Explanation - LP (Actuator #2) Kernel x (A,B,C) fault detected.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Act #2 (LP) Load Fault
Explanation - LP (Actuator #2) Load/Coil Fault detected (single coil/load).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.

Woodward Governor Company 125


5009 Manual 85580V1

Alarm - Act #2 (LP) Load 'A/B' Fault


Explanation - LP (Act #2) Load/Coil from Kernel A/B Fault detected (dual coil/load).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Act #2 (LP) Load 'C' Fault
Explanation - LP (Act #2) Load/Coil from Kernel C Fault detected (dual coil/load).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.

Relay Alarms Note: Relays 1-3 are in DTM #1, 4-6 in DTM #2, 7-9 in DTM #3, and 10-12 in
DTM #4.
Alarm - Relay #x y1 Driver Fault
Explanation - Fault in the y (A,B,C)1 driver of Relay #x (1-12).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Relay #x y2 Driver Fault
Explanation - - Fault in the y (A,B,C)2 driver of Relay #x (1-12).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Relay #x y1 Load Fault
Explanation - Fault in the y (A,B,C)1 relay of Relay #x (1-12).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Relay #x y2 Load Fault
Explanation - Fault in the y2 relay of Relay #x (1-12).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Relay #x A1 or B1 Fault
Explanation - Fault in either A1 or B1 relays of Relay #x (1-12).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Relay #x C2 or A2 Fault
Explanation - Fault in either C2 or A2 relays of Relay #x (1-12).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Relay #x B2 or C1 Fault
Explanation - Fault in either B2 or C1 relays of Relay #x (1-12).
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.

Analog Output Alarm - Analog Out #x Failed


Alarms Explanation - All Analog Output #x (1-4) drivers or load has failed.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Anlg Out #x Drvr y Fault
Explanation - Analog Output #x (1-4) Kernel y (A,B,C) fault detected
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.
Alarm - Anlg Out #x Load Fault
Explanation - Analog Output #x (1-4) Load Fault detected.
Time Stamp - 40mS resolution.

126 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

MAJOR ALARM A Major Alarm indication is available to the Modbus communication devices and
INDICATION as a programmable relay option. This major alarm feature is programmable and
has both dedicated (fixed) alarms and optional inputs as follows:

Dedicated/fixed major alarms


Kernel x Analog I/O Module Flt Failure of the Analog I/O module in Kernel x (A,B,C).
Kernel x Discrete I/O Module Flt Failure of the Discrete I/O module in Kernel x (A,B,C).
Kernel x Fault Kernel x (A,B,C) CPU Failure.
Power Supply #x Fault Power Supply #x (1,2) Fault Detected.

Optional/programmable major alarms


Tie Breaker Opened Utility Tie breaker was opened after it was closed.
Gen Breaker Opened Generator breaker was opened after it was closed.
Fan Fault Control’s Fan Failure Detected.
Operating System Alarm Operating System Alarm Detected.
Kernel x Comm Link Failed Kernel x communications link was detected as failed.
Turbine Trip Turbine tripped alarm indication.
Stuck In Critical Band Turbine speed was stuck or forced into the critical band
too long.
External Alarm x External Alarm #x (1-10) contact input was opened.
All Cascade Inputs Failed All Cascade analog inputs failed.
All Extraction Inputs Failed All Extraction analog inputs failed.
All Aux Inputs Failed All Aux analog inputs failed.
All KW Inputs Failed All KW analog inputs failed.
All FSP Inputs Failed All FSP analog inputs failed.
All Rmt Spd Setpt Inputs Failed All Rmt Spd Setpt analog inputs failed.
All Rmt Casc Setpt Inputs Failed All Rmt Casc Setpt analog inputs failed.
All Rmt Aux Setpt Inputs Failed All Rmt Aux Setpt analog inputs failed.
All Rmt Extraction Setpt Inputs Fld All Rmt Extraction Setpt analog inputs failed.
All Load Share Inputs Failed All Load Share analog inputs failed.
All Sync Inputs Failed All Sync analog inputs failed.
All Monitor Analog Inputs Failed All Monitor Analog analog inputs failed.
Act #1 (HP) Fault All HP (Actuator #1) drivers are failed.
Act #2 (LP) Fault All LP (Actuator #2) drivers are failed.
Analog Out # x Failed All Analog Output #x (1-4) drivers are failed.

Woodward Governor Company 127


5009 Manual 85580V1

128 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

CHAPTER 7
Modbus

Modbus This control can communicate with plant distributed control systems and/or CRT
COMMUNICATIONS based operator control panels through two Modbus communication ports. These
ports support RS-232 communications using ASCII or RTU MODBUS
transmission protocols. Modbus utilizes a master/slave protocol. This protocol
determines how a communication network’s master and slave devices establish
and break contact, how a sender is identified, how messages are exchanged, and
how errors are detected. The 5009 control is always the slave device, the DCS or
operator interface will act as the master and initiate communication transactions.

Monitor Only The two Modbus communication ports, are defaulted from the factory, to
communicate with any device which communicates through Modbus and has the
same port settings. Alternatively each port can be configured to only output data
and ignore any input commands. This allows the control to be monitored but not
controlled from an external device. By simply connecting a monitoring device,
configured to communicate through Modbus, this device can be used to monitor
all control parameters, modes, etc. without effecting control of the turbine. To use
a Modbus port for monitoring only (boolean and analog write commands are
ignored), program the ‘Use Modbus Port’ setting to ‘Not Used’.

Monitor And Once a Modbus port is configured for Modbus communications, the control will
Control accept Start mode commands from an external network master device (DCS,
OpView, etc.). This allows a Modbus compatible device to monitor and perform
all 5009 Start mode parameters and commands. Both Modbus ports are
independent of each other, and can be used simultaneously. The last command
given between the two ports has priority. To use a 5009 Modbus port to monitor
and operate the 5009, program the desired port(s) ‘Use Modbus Port’ setting to
‘Modbus’.

Modbus The 5009 control supports two Modbus transmission modes (ASCII & RTU). A
Communication mode defines the individual units of information within a message and the
numbering system used to transmit the data. Only one mode per Modbus network
is allowed. The supported modes are ASCII (American Standard Code for
Information Interchange), and RTU (Remote Terminal Unit). These modes are
defined in the following table.

Woodward Governor Company 129


5009 Manual 85580V1

CHARACTERISTIC ASCII RTU

Coding System hexadecimal (uses 8-bit binary

ASCII printable binary

characters: 0-9, A-F)

Start Bits 1 1

Data Bits per Char 7 8

Parity even, odd, even, odd,

or none or none
Stop Bits 1, 1.5, or 2 1, 1.5, or 2

Baud Rate 110, 300, 600, 1200, 110,300, 600, 1200,

1800,2400, 4800, 9600, 1800, 2400, 4800, 9600,


19200, 38400, or 57600 19200, or 38400

Error Checking LRC (Longitudinal CRC (Cyclical

Redundancy Check) Redundancy Check)

Table 7-1. ASCII vs. RTU Modbus

In the RTU mode, data is sent in 8-bit binary characters and transmitted in a
continuous stream. In the ASCII mode, each binary character is divided into two
4-bit parts (high order and low order), changed to be represented by a
hexadecimal equivalent, then transmitted, with breaks of up to 1 second possible.
Because of these differences, data transmission with the ASCII mode is typically
slower (see Figure 7-1 below).

Figure 7-1. ASCII/RTU Representation of 3

130 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

The Modbus protocol allows one master and up to 247 slaves on a common
network. Each slave is assigned a fixed, unique device address in the range of 1 to
247. With the Modbus protocol, only the network master can initiate a transaction.
A transaction consists of a request from the master to a slave unit and the slave’s
response. The protocol and Modbus device number are set in the Program Mode
and can be adjusted in the Service Mode, if required.

All ports use 9-pin male Sub-D connectors and can be configured for RS-232
communications only. RS-232 communications is limited to a distance of 50 feet.
Volume 2 shows the required RS-232 communication connections. The transmit
data (TXD), receive data (RXD), and signal ground (SIG GND) must be properly
connected as shown. In addition the shield (SHLD) should be connected in at least
one location.

In cases where a device being interfaced to is located a distance of greater than 50


feet from the control, it is recommended that an RS232-to-RS422 converter and
RS-422 communications be used (alternatively RS485 communications can be
used). With the use of a converter and RS-422 communications the control can
interface with a device through serial communications up to 4000 feet from the
control. A Model 285 Superverter from Telebyte Technology Inc. of Greenlawn
N.Y., or equivalent can be used as an interface converter. RS422 and RS485
communications also support multidropping (multiple slaves on a single
communications line); RS-232 communications does not.

This control functions as a slave unit only. As a slave unit, the control will only
respond to a transaction request by a master device. The control can directly
communicate with a DCS or other Modbus supporting device on a single
communications link. If multi-dropping is used (via RS422 or RS485
communications), up to 246 devices (5009s or other customer devices) can be
connected to one Master device on a single network. The device number for each
port can be set in the Program or Service modes.

Each message to or from a master has a defined structure called the message
“frame”. A frame consists of the slave device address, a code defining the
requested data, and error checking information. See Figure 7-2.

Figure 7-2. Modbus Frame Definition

Woodward Governor Company 131


5009 Manual 85580V1

The Modbus function code tells the addressed slaves what function to perform.
The following table lists the function codes supported by this control.

Modbus Function
Codes

CODE DEFINITION REFERENCE


ADDRESS

01 Read Digital Outputs 0XXXX


(Raise/Lower and Enable/Disable Commands)

02 Read Digital Inputs 1XXXX


(Status Indications / Alarms and Trips)

03 Read Analog Outputs 4XXXX


04 Read Analog Inputs 3XXXX
(Speed, Setpt, etc.)

5 Write Single Discrete Output 0XXXX


(Raise/Lower and Enable/Disable Commands)

6 Write Single Register 4XXXX


(Enter Setpt Directly)

8 Loopback Diagnostic Test N/A


(supports subfunction 0 only)

5 Write Digital Outputs 0XXXX

16 Write Analog Outputs 4XXXX

Table 7-2. Modbus Function Codes

When a Modbus message is received, it is checked for any errors or invalid data.
If there is invalid data in the message, an error code is sent back to the master and
the control issues an alarm message. The error codes are defined in the following
table. The exception error status and respective error codes can be viewed in the
Service Mode under PORT # SETTINGS, where # is the number of the port (1 or
2).

If the control has not received a message for the configured time-out period, the
control will alarm with an error message, but no message is sent to the master.
This time-out is defaulted to 2 seconds and only applies to units using both
monitor and control (adjustable in the Service Mode).

132 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Modbus Slave
Exception Error
Codes

CODE ERROR MESSAGE TO MASTER DESCRIPTION


0 No Error 0 No Error

1 Bad Modbus function 1 The specified function is not supported for this
control

2 Bad Modbus data 2 The Modbus value addressee is not valid for this
address control

3 Bad Modbus data value 3 Too many values requested or the on/off indica-
tor in function code 5 is invalid.
9 Bad Modbus checksum None Message checksum did not match.

10 Bad Modbus message None Message could not be decoded.

n/a Lost Modbus link None No messages received for the configured time-
out period.

Table 7-3. Modbus Error Codes

PORT Before the 5009 will communicate with the master device, the communication
ADJUSTMENTS parameters must be verified. These values are set in the Program Mode and can be
adjusted, if required, from the Service Mode.

Modbus PARAMETER ADJUSTMENT RANGE


Communication Baud Rate 110 TO 38400
Port Adjustments Parity NONE, ODD, or EVEN
Stop Bits 1 TO 2

CONTROL The Modbus communication ports in the 5009 control are programmed for unique
MODBUS Modbus addresses. A complete listing of these addresses for your application is
ADDRESSES located at the end of this section. The Modbus address listing consists of Boolean
Writes, Boolean Reads, Analog Reads, and Analog Writes. The boolean reads and
writes are also referred to as input and holding coils. The analog reads and writes
are also referred to as input registers and holding registers.

All values that can be addressed by Modbus are considered to be discrete and
numeric. The discretes are a 1 bit binary, on or off value and the numerics are 16
bit values. Discretes are sometimes referred to as coils or digitals and numerics
are referred to as registers or analogs. All read/write registers are interpreted by
the 5009 as signed 16 bit integer values. Since Modbus can only handle integers,
values that require a decimal point in the Modbus Master Device are multiplied by
a scaling constant before being sent by the 5009. See Tables 7-7 &7-8 (Analog
Reads and Analog Writes) under the MULTIPLIER column for defaulted
communication constants and ranges.

Woodward Governor Company 133


5009 Manual 85580V1

The maximum number of discretes and registers that can be transmitted in one
packet is dependent on each implementation of Modbus. The following table
defines these limits.

MODE OF TRANSMISSION MAX DISCRETES MAX REGISTERS


ASCII 944 59

RTU 1188 118

Table 7-4. Maximum Modbus Discrete and Analog Values

Boolean Writes Holding coils are logical signals that are both readable from and writable to the
(holding coils) 5009 control. An example of a boolean write value would be raise or lower
commands. A logical true denoted by the value 1 will cause the command listed
in the description to be executed. For example, if a 1 is written to address 0:0010
and this corresponded to a speed raise command, the speed setpoint will increase
until a 0 is written to address 0:0010. The 5009 control supports function codes 1,
5, and 15. These correspond to reading selected holding coils, writing to a single
holding coil, and writing to multiple holding coils, respectively. The holding coils
available are listed in Table 8-5, under Boolean Writes.

Boolean Reads Input coils are logical signals that are readable from, but not writable to, the 5009
(input coils) control. An example of an boolean read value would be a turbine trip status
indication. The input coil will have the value 1 if the statement in the description
column is true and a 0 if false. The ‘1:’ term in the address identifies an input coil.
The 5009 control supports Modbus function code 2, which involves reading
selected input coils. The input coils available are listed in Table 8-6, under
Boolean Reads.

Analog Reads Input registers are analog values that are readable from, but not writable to, the
(input registers) 5009 control. An example of an analog read value would be turbine speed. The
values of the input registers are stored internal to the control as floating point
numbers representing engineering units (i.e. KPA or RPM). The values that are
transmitted are integer values ranging from -32767 to +32767. Since Modbus can
only handle integers, values that require a decimal point must be multiplied by a
scaling constant in the 5009 before being sent across the Modbus link. For
example, these input registers may be listed as the Modbus value ‘x100’ or
‘cascade scale factor’ under the description heading to denote the value is
multiplied by a scaling constant (refer to Modbus Scale Factors later in this
section). This will allow transmission of decimal parts of a unit if this is necessary
for better resolution.

See the 5009 Service Mode for defaulted communication constants and ranges.
The 5009 control supports Modbus function code 4, which involves reading
selected input registers. The input registers available are listed in Table 7-7, under
Analog Reads.

134 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Analog Writes Holding registers are analog values that are writable to the 5009 control. These
(holding values can also be read from a device performing error checking. An example of
registers) an analog write value would be a direct speed setpoint value as opposed to raise
and lower setpoint commands. The value of the holding registers are also stored in
the control as numbers representing engineering units (i.e. PSI (kPa) or RPM).
Once again, if decimal points are required, a scaling factor must be used (refer to
Modbus Scale Factors later in this section). The 5009 control supports Modbus
function codes 3, 6, and 16. These correspond to reading selected holding
registers, writing to a single holding register, and writing to multiple holding
registers, respectively. The holding registers available are listed in Table 7-8,
under Analog Writes.

The following tables give the address and description of all boolean and analog,
reads and writes:
Boolean Writes

Addr Description Addr Description

0:0001 Emergency Shutdown 0:0023 Overspeed Test Disable

0:0002 Emergency Shutdown Acknowledge 0:0024

0:0003 Controlled Shutdown 0:0025 Arm Frequency Control

0:0004 Abort Controlled Shutdown 0:0026 Disarm Frequency Control

0:0005 0:0027 Sync Enable

0:0006 System Reset 0:0028 Sync Disable

0:0007 Start / Run 0:0029 Enable Cascade Control

0:0008 Open HP Valve Limiter 0:0030 Disable Cascade Control

0:0009 Close HP Valve Limiter 0:0031 Lower Cascade Setpoint

0:0010 0:0032 Raise Cascade Setpoint

0:0011 Lower Speed Setpoint 0:0033 Enable Remote Cascade Setpoint Control

0:0012 Raise Speed Setpoint 0:0034 Disable Remote Cascade Setpoint Control

0:0013 Go To Rated (Idle / Rated) 0:0035 Go To Modbus Entered Cascade Setpt

0:0014 Go To Idle (Idle / Rated) 0:0036

0:0015 Halt Auto Start Seq 0:0037 Enable Aux Control

0:0016 Continue Auto Start Seq 0:0038 Disable Aux Control

0:0017 Enable Remote Speed Setpoint Control 0:0039 Lower Aux Setpoint

0:0018 Disable Remote Speed Setpoint Control 0:0040 Raise Aux Setpoint

0:0019 Go To Modbus Entered Speed Setpt 0:0041 Enable Remote Aux Setpoint Control

0:0020 Clear Highest / Max Speed Hold Value 0:0042 Disable Remote Aux Setpoint Control

0:0021 External Overspeed Test Enable 0:0043 Go To Modbus Entered Auxiliary Setpt

0:0022 5009 Overspeed Test Enable 0:0044

Woodward Governor Company 135


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Description Addr Description

0:0045 Select Remote Ctrl (Remote/Local) 0:0077 Enable Remote Extr Setpoint Control

0:0046 Select Local Ctrl (Remote/Local) 0:0078 Disable Remote Extr Setpoint Control

0:0047 0:0079 Go To Modbus Entered Extraction Setpt

0:0048 Modbus Alarm Acknowledge 0:0080 Open LP Valve Limiter

0:0049 Energize Relay 1 0:0081 Close LP Valve Limiter

0:0050 De-Energize Relay 1 0:0082 Decrease Extr/Adm Demand

0:0051 Energize Relay 2 0:0083 Increase Extr/Adm Demand

0:0052 De-Energize Relay 2 0:0084 Enable Extr/Adm Priority

0:0053 Energize Relay 3 0:0085 Disable Extr/Adm Priority

0:0054 De-Energize Relay 3 0:0086

0:0055 Energize Relay 4 0:0087 Display On-Line Dynamics

0:0056 De-Energize Relay 4 0:0088 Display Off-Line Dynamics

0:0057 Energize Relay 5 0:0089 Spd PID - Lower Off-Line P-gain

0:0058 De-Energize Relay 5 0:0090 Spd PID - Lower Off-Line P-gain Fast

0:0059 Energize Relay 6 0:0091 Spd PID - Raise Off-Line P-gain

0:0060 De-Energize Relay 6 0:0092 Spd PID - Raise Off-Line P-gain Fast

0:0061 Energize Relay 7 0:0093 Spd PID - Lower On-Line P-gain

0:0062 De-Energize Relay 7 0:0094 Spd PID - Lower On-Line P-gain Fast

0:0063 Energize Relay 8 0:0095 Spd PID - Raise On-Line P-gain

0:0064 De-Energize Relay 8 0:0096 Spd PID - Raise On-Line P-gain Fast

0:0065 Energize Relay 9 0:0097 Spd PID - Lower Off-Line I-gain

0:0066 De-Energize Relay 9 0:0098 Spd PID - Lower Off-Line I-gain Fast

0:0067 Energize Relay 10 0:0099 Spd PID - Raise Off-Line I-gain

0:0068 De-Energize Relay 10 0:0100 Spd PID - Raise Off-Line I-gain Fast

0:0069 0:0101 Spd PID - Lower On-Line I-gain

0:0070 Synchronize Internal Time-of-Day 0:0102 Spd PID - Lower On-Line I-gain Fast

0:0071 0:0103 Spd PID - Raise On-Line I-gain

0:0072 0:0104 Spd PID - Raise On-Line I-gain Fast

0:0073 Enable Extraction Control 0:0105 Spd PID - Lower Off-Line SDR

0:0074 Disable Extraction Control 0:0106 Spd PID - Lower Off-Line SDR Fast

0:0075 Lower Extraction Setpoint 0:0107 Spd PID - Raise Off-Line SDR

0:0076 Raise Extraction Setpoint 0:0108 Spd PID - Raise Off-Line SDR FAst

136 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Description Addr Description

0:0109 Spd PID - Lower On-Line SDR 0:0141 Extr PID - Lower I-gain

0:0110 Spd PID - Lower On-Line SDR Fast 0:0142 Extr PID - Lower I-gain Fast

0:0111 Spd PID - Raise On-Line SDR 0:0143 Extr PID - Raise I-gain

0:0112 Spd PID - Raise On-Line SDR Fast 0:0144 Extr PID - Raise I-gain Fast

0:0113 Casc PID - Lower P-gain 0:0145 Extr PID - Lower SDR

0:0114 Casc PID - Lower P-gain Fast 0:0146 Extr PID - Lower SDR Fast

0:0115 Casc PID - Raise P-gain 0:0147 Extr PID - Raise SDR

0:0116 Casc PID - Raise P-gain Fast 0:0148 Extr PID - Raise SDR Fast

0:0117 Casc PID - Lower I-gain 0:0149

0:0118 Casc PID - Lower I-gain Fast 0:0150

0:0119 Casc PID - Raise I-gain 0:0151

0:0120 Casc PID - Raise I-gain Fast 0:0152

0:0121 Casc PID - Lower SDR 0:0153

0:0122 Casc PID - Lower SDR Fast 0:0154

0:0123 Casc PID - Raise SDR 0:0155 Lower V1 Actr Min Current

0:0124 Casc PID - Raise SDR Fast 0:0156 Raise V1 Actr Min Current

0:0125 Aux PID - Lower P-gain 0:0157 Lower V1 Actr Max Current

0:0126 Aux PID - Lower P-gain Fast 0:0158 Raise V1 Actr Max Current

0:0127 Aux PID - Raise P-gain 0:0159 Lower V1 Actr Stroke Position

0:0128 Aux PID - Raise P-gain Fast 0:0160 Lower Fast V1 Actr Stroke Position

0:0129 Aux PID - Lower I-gain 0:0161 Raise V1 Act Stroke Position

0:0130 Aux PID - Lower I-gain Fast 0:0162 Raise Fast V1 Actr Stroke Position

0:0131 Aux PID - Raise I-gain 0:0163 Enable V1 Stroking

0:0132 Aux PID - Raise I-gain Fast 0:0164 Disable V1 Stroking

0:0133 Aux PID - Lower SDR 0:0165 Lower V2 Actr Min Current

0:0134 Aux PID - Lower SDR Fast 0:0166 Raise V2 Actr Min current

0:0135 Aux PID - Raise SDR 0:0167 Lower Actr Max Current

0:0136 Aux PID - Raise SDR Fast 0:0168 Raise V2 Actr Max Current

0:0137 Extr PID Power P-gain 0:0169 Lower V2 Actr Stroke Position

0:0138 Extr PID - Lower P-gain Fast 0:0170 Lower Fast V2 Actr Stroke Position

0:0139 Extr PID -Raise P-gain 0:0171 Raise V2 Actr Stroke Position

0:0140 Extr PID - Raise P-gain Fast 0:0172 Raise Fast V2 Actr Stroke Position

Woodward Governor Company 137


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Description Addr Description

0:0173 Enable V2 Stroking 0:0178

0:0174 Disable V2 Stroking 0:0179

0:0175 Save Program Changes to EEPROM 0:0180

0:0176 0:0181

0:0177

Table 7-5. Boolean Writes

Boolean Reads Boolean Read Address Overview:


Addresses 0001 - 0950 are designated for alarm indications.
Addresses 0951 - 1000 are designated for trip indications.
Addresses 1001 - 1180 are designated for status indications.
Addresses 1181 - 1225 are designated for control configurations.

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0035 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_35 Alarm - Tie Breaker Open / No Extr
1:0036 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_36 Alarm - Gen Breaker Open / No Extr
1:0037 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_37 Alarm - External Alarm #1
1:0038 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_38 Alarm - External Alarm #2
1:0039 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_39 Alarm - External Alarm #3
1:0040 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_40 Alarm - External Alarm #4
1:0041 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_41 Alarm - External Alarm #5
1:0042 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_42 Alarm - External Alarm #6
1:0043 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_43 Alarm - External Alarm #7
1:0044 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_44 Alarm - External Alarm #8
1:0045 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_45 Alarm - External Alarm #9
1:0046 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_46 Alarm - External Alarm #10
1:0047 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_47 Alarm - Spd Setpt Entrd in Critical
1:0048 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_48 Alarm - Spare
1:0049 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_49 Alarm - Spare
1:0050 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_50 Alarm - Spare
1:0051 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_51 Alarm - 5009 Kernel A Overtemp
1:0052 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_52 Alarm - 5009 Kernel B Overtemp
1:0053 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_53 Alarm - 5009 Kernel C Overtemp
1:0054 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_54 Alarm - CPU A Time Fault
1:0055 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_55 Alarm - CPU B Time Fault
1:0056 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_56 Alarm - CPU C Time Fault
1:0057 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_57 Alarm - Spd Probe #1 Input Fld
1:0058 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_58 Alarm - Spd Probe #1 Deviation Alm
1:0059 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_59 Alarm - Spd Probe #1 Ospd Alm

138 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0060 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_60 Alarm - Spd Probe #1 Kernel A Fault
1:0061 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_61 Alarm - Spd Probe #1 Kernel B Fault
1:0062 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_62 Alarm - Spd Probe #1 Kernel C Fault
1:0063 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_63 Alarm - Spd Probe #2 Input Failed
1:0064 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_64 Alarm - Spd Probe #2 Deviation Alm
1:0065 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_65 Alarm - Spd Probe #2 Ospd Alm
1:0066 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_66 Alarm - Spd Probe #2 Kernel A Fault
1:0067 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_67 Alarm - Spd Probe #2 Kernel B Fault
1:0068 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_68 Alarm - Spd Probe #2 Kernel C Fault
1:0069 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_69 Alarm - Spd Probe #3 Input Failed
1:0070 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_70 Alarm - Spd Probe #3 Deviation Alm
1:0071 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_71 Alarm - Spd Probe #3 Ospd Alm
1:0072 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_72 Alarm - Spd Probe #3 Kernel A Fault
1:0073 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_73 Alarm - Spd Probe #3 Kernel B Fault
1:0074 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_74 Alarm - Spd Probe #3 Kernel C Fault
1:0075 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_75 Alarm - Spd Probe #4 Input Failed
1:0076 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_76 Alarm - Spd Probe #4 Deviation Alm
1:0077 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_77 Alarm - Spd Probe #4 Ospd Alm
1:0078 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_78 Alarm - Spd Probe #4 Kernel A Fault
1:0079 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_79 Alarm - Spd Probe #4 Kernel B Fault
1:0080 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_80 Alarm - Spd Probe #4 Kernel C Fault
1:0081 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_81 Alarm - Anlg Input #1 Kernel A Fault
1:0082 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_82 Alarm - Anlg Input #1 Kernel B Fault
1:0083 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_83 Alarm - Anlg Input #1 Kernel C Fault
1:0084 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_84 Alarm - Anlg Input #2 Kernel A Fault
1:0085 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_85 Alarm - Anlg Input #2 Kernel B Fault
1:0086 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_86 Alarm - Anlg Input #2 Kernel C Fault
1:0087 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_87 Alarm - Anlg Input #3 Kernel A Fault
1:0088 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_88 Alarm - Anlg Input #3 Kernel B Fault
1:0089 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_89 Alarm - Anlg Input #3 Kernel C Fault
1:0090 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_90 Alarm - Anlg Input #4 Kernel A Fault
1:0091 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_91 Alarm - Anlg Input #4 Kernel B Fault
1:0092 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_92 Alarm - Anlg Input #4 Kernel C Fault
1:0093 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_93 Alarm - Anlg Input #5 Kernel A Fault
1:0094 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_94 Alarm - Anlg Input #5 Kernel B Fault
1:0095 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_95 Alarm - Anlg Input #5 Kernel C Fault
1:0096 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_96 Alarm - Anlg Input #6 Kernel A Fault
1:0097 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_97 Alarm - Anlg Input #6 Kernel B Fault
1:0098 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_98 Alarm - Anlg Input #6 Kernel C Fault
1:0099 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_99 Alarm - Anlg Input #7 Kernel A Fault
1:0100 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_100 Alarm - Anlg Input #7 Kernel B Fault
1:0101 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_101 Alarm - Anlg Input #7 Kernel C Fault
1:0102 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_102 Alarm - Anlg Input #8 Kernel A Fault

Woodward Governor Company 139


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0103 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_103 Alarm - Anlg Input #8 Kernel B Fault
1:0104 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_104 Alarm - Anlg Input #8 Kernel C Fault
1:0105 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_105 Alarm - Discrete In #1 Kernel A Fault
1:0106 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_106 Alarm - Discrete In #1 Kernel B Fault
1:0107 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_107 Alarm - Discrete In #1 Kernel C Fault
1:0108 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_108 Alarm - Discrete In #2 Kernel A Fault
1:0109 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_109 Alarm - Discrete In #2 Kernel B Fault
1:0110 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_110 Alarm - Discrete In #2 Kernel C Fault
1:0111 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_111 Alarm - Discrete In #3 Kernel A Fault
1:0112 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_112 Alarm - Discrete In #3 Kernel B Fault
1:0113 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_113 Alarm - Discrete In #3 Kernel C Fault
1:0114 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_114 Alarm - Discrete In #4 Kernel A Fault
1:0115 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_115 Alarm - Discrete In #4 Kernel B Fault
1:0116 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_116 Alarm - Discrete In #4 Kernel C Fault
1:0117 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_117 Alarm - Discrete In #5 Kernel A Fault
1:0118 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_118 Alarm - Discrete In #5 Kernel B Fault
1:0119 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_119 Alarm - Discrete In #5 Kernel C Fault
1:0120 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_120 Alarm - Discrete In #6 Kernel A Fault
1:0121 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_121 Alarm - Discrete In #6 Kernel B Fault
1:0122 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_122 Alarm - Discrete In #6 Kernel C Fault
1:0123 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_123 Alarm - Discrete In #7 Kernel A Fault
1:0124 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_124 Alarm - Discrete In #7 Kernel B Fault
1:0125 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_125 Alarm - Discrete In #7 Kernel C Fault
1:0126 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_126 Alarm - Discrete In #8 Kernel A Fault
1:0127 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_127 Alarm - Discrete In #8 Kernel B Fault
1:0128 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_128 Alarm - Discrete In #8 Kernel C Fault
1:0129 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_129 Alarm - Discrete In #9 Kernel A Fault
1:0130 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_130 Alarm - Discrete In #9 Kernel B Fault
1:0131 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_131 Alarm - Discrete In #9 Kernel C Fault
1:0132 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_132 Alarm - Discrete In #10 Kernel A Fault
1:0133 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_133 Alarm - Discrete In #10 Kernel B Fault
1:0134 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_134 Alarm - Discrete In #10 Kernel C Fault
1:0135 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_135 Alarm - Discrete In #11 Kernel A Fault
1:0136 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_136 Alarm - Discrete In #11 Kernel B Fault
1:0137 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_137 Alarm - Discrete In #11 Kernel C Fault
1:0138 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_138 Alarm - Discrete In #12 Kernel A Fault
1:0139 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_139 Alarm - Discrete In #12 Kernel B Fault
1:0140 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_140 Alarm - Discrete In #12 Kernel C Fault
1:0141 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_141 Alarm - Discrete In #13 Kernel A Fault
1:0142 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_142 Alarm - Discrete In #13 Kernel B Fault
1:0143 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_143 Alarm - Discrete In #13 Kernel C Fault
1:0144 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_144 Alarm - Discrete In #14 Kernel A Fault
1:0145 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_145 Alarm - Discrete In #14 Kernel B Fault

140 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0146 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_146 Alarm - Discrete In #14 Kernel C Fault
1:0147 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_147 Alarm - Discrete In #15 Kernel A Fault
1:0148 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_148 Alarm - Discrete In #15 Kernel B Fault
1:0149 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_149 Alarm - Discrete In #15 Kernel C Fault
1:0150 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_150 Alarm - Discrete In #16 Kernel A Fault
1:0151 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_151 Alarm - Discrete In #16 Kernel B Fault
1:0152 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_152 Alarm - Discrete In #16 Kernel C Fault
1:0153 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_153 Alarm - Discrete In #17 Kernel A Fault
1:0154 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_154 Alarm - Discrete In #17 Kernel B Fault
1:0155 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_155 Alarm - Discrete In #17 Kernel C Fault
1:0156 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_156 Alarm - Discrete In #18 Kernel A Fault
1:0157 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_157 Alarm - Discrete In #18 Kernel B Fault
1:0158 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_158 Alarm - Discrete In #18 Kernel C Fault
1:0159 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_159 Alarm - Discrete In #19 Kernel A Fault
1:0160 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_160 Alarm - Discrete In #19 Kernel B Fault
1:0161 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_161 Alarm - Discrete In #19 Kernel C Fault
1:0162 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_162 Alarm - Discrete In #20 Kernel A Fault
1:0163 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_163 Alarm - Discrete In #20 Kernel B Fault
1:0164 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_164 Alarm - Discrete In #20 Kernel C Fault
1:0165 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_165 Alarm - Discrete In #21 Kernel A Fault
1:0166 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_166 Alarm - Discrete In #21 Kernel B Fault
1:0167 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_167 Alarm - Discrete In #21 Kernel C Fault
1:0168 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_168 Alarm - Discrete In #22 Kernel A Fault
1:0169 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_169 Alarm - Discrete In #22 Kernel B Fault
1:0170 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_170 Alarm - Discrete In #22 Kernel C Fault
1:0171 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_171 Alarm - Discrete In #23 Kernel A Fault
1:0172 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_172 Alarm - Discrete In #23 Kernel B Fault
1:0173 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_173 Alarm - Discrete In #23 Kernel C Fault
1:0174 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_174 Alarm - Discrete In #24 Kernel A Fault
1:0175 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_175 Alarm - Discrete In #24 Kernel B Fault
1:0176 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_176 Alarm - Discrete In #24 Kernel C Fault
1:0177 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_177 Alarm - All Cascade Inputs Failed
1:0178 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_178 Alarm - Casc Input #1 Failed
1:0179 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_179 Alarm - Casc Input #1 Deviation Alm
1:0180 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_180 Alarm - Casc Input #1 High Alm
1:0181 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_181 Alarm - Casc Input #1 Low Alarm
1:0182 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_182 Alarm - Casc Input #2 Failed
1:0183 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_183 Alarm - Casc Input #2 Deviation Alm
1:0184 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_184 Alarm - Casc Input #2 High Alm
1:0185 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_185 Alarm - Casc Input #2 Low Alarm
1:0186 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_186 Alarm - Casc Input #3 Failed
1:0187 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_187 Alarm - Casc Input #3 Deviation Alm
1:0188 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_188 Alarm - Casc Input #3 High Alm

Woodward Governor Company 141


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0189 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_189 Alarm - Casc Input #3 Low Alarm
1:0190 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_190 Alarm - All Extr/Adm Inputs Failed
1:0191 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_191 Alarm - Extr/Adm Input #1 Failed
1:0192 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_192 Alarm - Extr/Adm Input #1 Deviation Al
1:0193 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_193 Alarm - Extr/Adm Input #1 High Alm
1:0194 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_194 Alarm - Extr/Adm Input #1 Low Alarm
1:0195 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_195 Alarm - Extr/Adm Input #2 Failed
1:0196 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_196 Alarm - Extr/Adm Input #2 Deviation Al
1:0197 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_197 Alarm - Extr/Adm Input #2 High Alm
1:0198 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_198 Alarm - Extr/Adm Input #2 Low Alarm
1:0199 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_199 Alarm - Extr/Adm Input #3 Failed
1:0200 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_200 Alarm - Extr/Adm Input #3 Deviation Al
1:0201 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_201 Alarm - Extr/Adm Input #3 High Alm
1:0202 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_202 Alarm - Extr/Adm Input #3 Low Alarm
1:0203 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_203 Alarm - All Aux Inputs Failed
1:0204 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_204 Alarm - Aux Input #1 Failed
1:0205 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_205 Alarm - Aux Input #1 Deviation Alm
1:0206 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_206 Alarm - Aux Input #1 High Alm
1:0207 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_207 Alarm - Aux Input #1 Low Alarm
1:0208 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_208 Alarm - Aux Input #2 Failed
1:0209 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_209 Alarm - Aux Input #2 Deviation Alm
1:0210 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_210 Alarm - Aux Input #2 High Alm
1:0211 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_211 Alarm - Aux Input #2 Low Alarm
1:0212 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_212 Alarm - Aux Input #3 Failed
1:0213 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_213 Alarm - Aux Input #3 Deviation Alm
1:0214 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_214 Alarm - Aux Input #3 High Alm
1:0215 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_215 Alarm - Aux Input #3 Low Alarm
1:0216 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_216 Alarm - All KW Inputs Failed
1:0217 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_217 Alarm - KW Input #1 Failed
1:0218 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_218 Alarm - KW Input #1 Deviation Alm
1:0219 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_219 Alarm - KW Input #1 High Alm
1:0220 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_220 Alarm - KW Input #1 Low Alarm
1:0221 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_221 Alarm - KW Input #2 Failed
1:0222 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_222 Alarm - KW Input #2 Deviation Alm
1:0223 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_223 Alarm - KW Input #2 High Alm
1:0224 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_224 Alarm - KW Input #2 Low Alarm
1:0225 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_225 Alarm - KW Input #3 Failed
1:0226 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_226 Alarm - KW Input #3 Deviation Alm
1:0227 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_227 Alarm - KW Input #3 High Alm
1:0228 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_228 Alarm - KW Input #3 Low Alarm
1:0229 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_229 Alarm - All Ld Shr Inputs Failed
1:0230 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_230 Alarm - Ld Shr Input #1 Failed
1:0231 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_231 Alarm - Ld Shr Input #1 Deviation Alm

142 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0232 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_232 Alarm - Ld Shr Input #1 High Alm
1:0233 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_233 Alarm - Ld Shr Input #1 Low Alarm
1:0234 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_234 Alarm - Ld Shr Input #2 Failed
1:0235 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_235 Alarm - Ld Shr Input #2 Deviation Alm
1:0236 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_236 Alarm - Ld Shr Input #2 High Alm
1:0237 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_237 Alarm - Ld Shr Input #2 Low Alarm
1:0238 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_238 Alarm - Ld Shr Input #3 Failed
1:0239 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_239 Alarm - Ld Shr Input #3 Deviation Alm
1:0240 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_240 Alarm - Ld Shr Input #3 High Alm
1:0241 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_241 Alarm - Ld Shr Input #3 Low Alarm
1:0242 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_242 Alarm - Rmt Spd Setpt Input Failed
1:0243 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_243 Alarm - Rmt Spd Setpt Input High Alm
1:0244 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_244 Alarm - Rmt Spd Setpt Input Low Alarm
1:0245 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_245 Alarm - Rmt Casc Setpt Input Failed
1:0246 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_246 Alarm - Rmt Casc Setpt Input High Alm
1:0247 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_247 Alarm - Rmt Casc Setpt Input Low Alarm
1:0248 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_248 Alarm - Rmt Aux Setpt Input Failed
1:0249 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_249 Alarm - Rmt Aux Setpt Input High Alm
1:0250 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_250 Alarm - Rmt Aux Setpt Input Low Alarm
1:0251 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_251 Alarm - Rmt Extr Setpt Input Failed
1:0252 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_252 Alarm - Rmt Extr Setpt Input High Alm
1:0253 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_253 Alarm - Rmt Extr Setpt Input Low Alarm
1:0254 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_254 Alarm - Sync Input Failed
1:0255 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_255 Alarm - Sync Input High Alm
1:0256 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_256 Alarm - Sync Input Low Alm
1:0257 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_257 Alarm - FSP Input Failed
1:0258 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_258 Alarm - FSP Input High Alm
1:0259 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_259 Alarm - FSP Input Low Alm
1:0260 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_260 Alarm - Monitor Input Failed
1:0261 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_261 Alarm - Monitor Input High Alm
1:0262 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_262 Alarm - Monitor Input Low Alm
1:0263
1:0264 through 1:0331 Spare
1:0332
1:0333 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_333 Alarm - Act #1 (HP) Fault
1:0334 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_334 Alarm - Act #1 Driver A Fault
1:0335 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_335 Alarm - Act #1 Driver B Fault
1:0336 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_336 Alarm - Act #1 Driver C Fault
1:0337 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_337 Alarm - Act #1 Load Fault
1:0338 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_338 Alarm - Act #1 Load A/B Fault
1:0339 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_339 Alarm - Act #1 Load C Fault
1:0340 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_340 Alarm - Act #2 (LP) Fault
1:0341 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_341 Alarm - Act #2 Driver A Fault

Woodward Governor Company 143


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0342 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_342 Alarm - Act #2 Driver B Fault
1:0343 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_343 Alarm - Act #2 Driver C Fault
1:0344 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_344 Alarm - Act #1 (HP) Driver Alarm
1:0345 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_345 Alarm - Act #2 (LP) Driver Alarm
1:0346 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_346 Alarm - Relay #1 Kernel A Fault
1:0347 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_347 Alarm - Relay #1 A1 Driver Fault
1:0348 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_348 Alarm - Relay #1 A2 Driver Fault
1:0349 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_349 Alarm - Relay #1 A1 Fault
1:0350 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_350 Alarm - Relay #1 A1 Fault
1:0351 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_351 Alarm - Relay #1 B1 Driver Fault
1:0352 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_352 Alarm - Relay #1 B2 Driver Fault
1:0353 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_353 Alarm - Relay #1 B1 Fault
1:0354 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_354 Alarm - Relay #1 B2 Fault
1:0355 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_355 Alarm - Relay #1 C1 Driver Fault
1:0356 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_356 Alarm - Relay #1 C2 Driver Fault
1:0357 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_357 Alarm - Relay #1 C1 Fault
1:0358 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_358 Alarm - Relay #1 C2 Fault
1:0359 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_359 Alarm - Relay #1 A1 or B1 Fault
1:0360 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_360 Alarm - Relay #1 C2 or A2 Fault
1:0361 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_361 Alarm - Relay #1 B2 or C1 Fault
1:0362 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_362 Alarm - Relay #2 A1 Driver Fault
1:0363 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_363 Alarm - Relay #2 A2 Driver Fault
1:0364 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_364 Alarm - Relay #2 A1 Load Fault
1:0365 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_365 Alarm - Relay #2 A2 Load Fault
1:0366 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_366 Alarm - Relay #2 B1 Driver Fault
1:0367 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_367 Alarm - Relay #2 B2 Driver Fault
1:0368 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_368 Alarm - Relay #2 B1 Load Fault
1:0369 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_369 Alarm - Relay #2 B2 Load Fault
1:0370 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_370 Alarm - Relay #2 C1 Driver Fault
1:0371 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_371 Alarm - Relay #2 C2 Driver Fault
1:0372 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_372 Alarm - Relay #2 C1 Fault
1:0373 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_373 Alarm - Relay #2 C2 Fault
1:0374 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_374 Alarm - Relay #2 A1 or B1 Fault
1:0375 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_375 Alarm - Relay #2 C2 or A2 Fault
1:0376 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_376 Alarm - Relay #2 B2 or C1 Fault
1:0377 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_377 Alarm - Relay #3 A1 Driver Fault
1:0378 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_378 Alarm - Relay #3 A2 Driver Fault
1:0379 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_379 Alarm - Relay #3 A1 Fault
1:0380 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_380 Alarm - Relay #3 A2 Fault
1:0381 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_381 Alarm - Relay #3 B1 Driver Fault
1:0382 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_382 Alarm - Relay #3 B2 Driver Fault
1:0383 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_383 Alarm - Relay #3 B1 Fault
1:0384 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_384 Alarm - Relay #3 B2 Fault

144 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0385 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_385 Alarm - Relay #3 C1 Driver Fault
1:0386 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_386 Alarm - Relay #3 C2 Driver Fault
1:0387 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_387 Alarm - Relay #3 C1 Fault
1:0388 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_388 Alarm - Relay #3 C2 Fault
1:0389 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_389 Alarm - Relay #3 A1 or B1 Fault
1:0390 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_390 Alarm - Relay #3 C2 or A2 Fault
1:0391 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_391 Alarm - Relay #3 B2 or C1 Fault
1:0392 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_392 Alarm - Relay #4 A1 Driver Fault
1:0393 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_393 Alarm - Relay #4 A2 Driver Fault
1:0394 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_394 Alarm - Relay #4 A1 Fault
1:0395 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_395 Alarm - Relay #4 A2 Fault
1:0396 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_396 Alarm - Relay #4 B1 Driver Fault
1:0397 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_397 Alarm - Relay #4 B2 Driver Fault
1:0398 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_398 Alarm - Relay #4 B1 Fault
1:0399 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_399 Alarm - Relay #4 B2 Fault
1:0400 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_400 Alarm - Relay #4 C1 Driver Fault
1:0401 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_401 Alarm - Relay #4 C2 Driver Fault
1:0402 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_402 Alarm - Relay #4 C1 Fault
1:0403 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_403 Alarm - Relay #4 C2 Fault
1:0404 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_404 Alarm - Relay #4 A1 or B1 Fault
1:0405 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_405 Alarm - Relay #4 C2 or A2 Fault
1:0406 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_406 Alarm - Relay #4 B2 or C1 Fault
1:0407 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_407 Alarm - Relay #5 A1 Driver Fault
1:0408 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_408 Alarm - Relay #5 A2 Driver Fault
1:0409 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_409 Alarm - Relay #5 A1 Fault
1:0410 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_410 Alarm - Relay #5 A2 Fault
1:0411 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_411 Alarm - Relay #5 B1 Driver Fault
1:0412 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_412 Alarm - Relay #5 B2 Driver Fault
1:0413 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_413 Alarm - Relay #5 B1 Fault
1:0414 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_414 Alarm - Relay #5 B2 Fault
1:0415 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_415 Alarm - Relay #5 C1 Driver Fault
1:0416 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_416 Alarm - Relay #5 C2 Driver Fault
1:0417 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_417 Alarm - Relay #5 C1 Fault
1:0418 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_418 Alarm - Relay #5 C2 Fault
1:0419 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_419 Alarm - Relay #5 A1 or B1 Fault
1:0420 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_420 Alarm - Relay #5 C2 or A2 Fault
1:0421 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_421 Alarm - Relay #5 B2 or C1 Fault
1:0422 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_422 Alarm - Relay #6 A1 Driver Fault
1:0423 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_423 Alarm - Relay #6 A2 Driver Fault
1:0424 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_424 Alarm - Relay #6 A1 Fault
1:0425 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_425 Alarm - Relay #6 A2 Fault
1:0426 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_426 Alarm - Relay #6 B1 Driver Fault
1:0427 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_427 Alarm - Relay #6 B2 Driver Fault

Woodward Governor Company 145


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0428 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_428 Alarm - Relay #6 B1 Fault
1:0429 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_429 Alarm - Relay #6 B2 Fault
1:0430 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_430 Alarm - Relay #6 C1 Driver Fault
1:0431 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_431 Alarm - Relay #6 C2 Driver Fault
1:0432 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_432 Alarm - Relay #6 C1 Fault
1:0433 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_433 Alarm - Relay #6 C2 Fault
1:0434 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_434 Alarm - Relay #6 A1 or B1 Fault
1:0435 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_435 Alarm - Relay #6 C2 or A2 Fault
1:0436 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_436 Alarm - Relay #6 B2 or C1 Fault
1:0437 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_437 Alarm - Relay #7 A1 Driver Fault
1:0438 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_438 Alarm - Relay #7 A2 Driver Fault
1:0439 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_439 Alarm - Relay #7 A1 Fault
1:0440 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_440 Alarm - Relay #7 A2 Fault
1:0441 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_441 Alarm - Relay #7 B1 Driver Fault
1:0442 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_442 Alarm - Relay #7 B2 Driver Fault
1:0443 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_443 Alarm - Relay #7 B1 Fault
1:0444 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_444 Alarm - Relay #7 B2 Fault
1:0445 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_445 Alarm - Relay #7 C1 Driver Fault
1:0446 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_446 Alarm - Relay #7 C2 Driver Fault
1:0447 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_447 Alarm - Relay #7 C1 Fault
1:0448 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_448 Alarm - Relay #7 C2 Fault
1:0449 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_449 Alarm - Relay #7 A1 or B1 Fault
1:0450 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_450 Alarm - Relay #7 C2 or A2 Fault
1:0451 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_451 Alarm - Relay #7 B2 or C1 Fault
1:0452 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_452 Alarm - Relay #8 A1 Driver Fault
1:0453 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_453 Alarm - Relay #8 A2 Driver Fault
1:0454 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_454 Alarm - Relay #8 A1 Fault
1:0455 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_455 Alarm - Relay #8 A2 Fault
1:0456 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_456 Alarm - Relay #8 B1 Driver Fault
1:0457 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_457 Alarm - Relay #8 B2 Driver Fault
1:0458 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_458 Alarm - Relay #8 B1 Fault
1:0459 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_459 Alarm - Relay #8 B2 Fault
1:0460 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_460 Alarm - Relay #8 C1 Driver Fault
1:0461 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_461 Alarm - Relay #8 C2 Driver Fault
1:0462 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_462 Alarm - Relay #8 C1 Fault
1:0463 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_463 Alarm - Relay #8 C2 Fault
1:0464 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_464 Alarm - Relay #8 A1 or B1 Fault
1:0465 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_465 Alarm - Relay #8 C2 or A2 Fault
1:0466 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_466 Alarm - Relay #8 B2 or C1 Fault
1:0467 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_467 Alarm - Relay #9 A1 Driver Fault
1:0468 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_468 Alarm - Relay #9 A2 Driver Fault
1:0469 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_469 Alarm - Relay #9 A1 Fault
1:0470 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_470 Alarm - Relay #9 A2 Fault

146 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0471 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_471 Alarm - Relay #9 B1 Driver Fault
1:0472 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_472 Alarm - Relay #9 B2 Driver Fault
1:0473 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_473 Alarm - Relay #9 B1 Fault
1:0474 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_474 Alarm - Relay #9 B2 Fault
1:0475 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_475 Alarm - Relay #9 C1 Driver Fault
1:0476 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_476 Alarm - Relay #9 C1 Driver Fault
1:0477 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_477 Alarm - Relay #9 C1 Fault
1:0478 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_478 Alarm - Relay #9 C2 Fault
1:0479 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_479 Alarm - Relay #9 A1 or B1 Fault
1:0480 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_480 Alarm - Relay #9 C2 or A2 Fault
1:0481 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_481 Alarm - Relay #9 B2 or C1 Fault
1:0482 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_482 Alarm - Relay #10 A1 Driver Fault
1:0483 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_483 Alarm - Relay #10 A1 Driver Fault
1:0484 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_484 Alarm - Relay #10 A1 Fault
1:0485 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_485 Alarm - Relay #10 A2 Fault
1:0486 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_486 Alarm - Relay #10 B1 Driver Fault
1:0487 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_487 Alarm - Relay #10 B2 Driver Fault
1:0488 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_488 Alarm - Relay #1Fault
1:0489 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_489 Alarm - Relay #1Fault
1:0490 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_490 Alarm - Relay #10 C1 Driver Fault
1:0491 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_491 Alarm - Relay #10 C2 Driver Fault
1:0492 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_492 Alarm - Relay #1Fault
1:0493 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_493 Alarm - Relay #1Fault
1:0494 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_494 Alarm - Relay #10 A1 or B1 Fault
1:0495 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_495 Alarm - Relay #10 C2 or A2 Fault
1:0496 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_496 Alarm - Relay #10 B2 or C1 Fault
1:0497 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_497 Alarm - Relay #11 A1 Driver Fault
1:0498 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_498 Alarm - Relay #11 A2 Driver Fault
1:0499 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_499 Alarm - Relay #11 A1 Fault
1:0500 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_500 Alarm - Relay #11 A2 Fault
1:0501 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_501 Alarm - Relay #11 B1 Driver Fault
1:0502 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_502 Alarm - Relay #11 B2 Driver Fault
1:0503 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_503 Alarm - Relay #11 B1 Fault
1:0504 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_504 Alarm - Relay #11 B2 Fault
1:0505 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_505 Alarm - Relay #11 C1 Driver Fault
1:0506 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_506 Alarm - Relay #11 C2 Driver Fault
1:0507 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_507 Alarm - Relay #11 C1 Fault
1:0508 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_508 Alarm - Relay #11 C2 Fault
1:0509 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_509 Alarm - Relay #11 A1 or B1 Fault
1:0510 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_510 Alarm - Relay #11 C2 or A2 Fault
1:0511 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_511 Alarm - Relay #11 B2 or C1 Fault
1:0512 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_512 Alarm - Relay #12 A1 Driver Fault
1:0513 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_513 Alarm - Relay #12 A2 Driver Fault

Woodward Governor Company 147


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0514 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_514 Alarm - Relay #12 A1 Fault
1:0515 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_515 Alarm - Relay #12 A2 Fault
1:0516 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_516 Alarm - Relay #12 B1 Driver Fault
1:0517 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_517 Alarm - Relay #12 B2 Driver Fault
1:0518 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_518 Alarm - Relay #12 B1 Fault
1:0519 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_519 Alarm - Relay #12 B2 Fault
1:0520 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_520 Alarm - Relay #12 C1 Driver Fault
1:0521 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_521 Alarm - Relay #12 C2 Driver Fault
1:0522 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_522 Alarm - Relay #12 C1 Fault
1:0523 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_523 Alarm - Relay #12 C2 Fault
1:0524 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_524 Alarm - Relay #12 A1 or B1 Fault
1:0525 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_525 Alarm - Relay #12 C2 or A2 Fault
1:0526 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_526 Alarm - Relay #12 B2 or C1 Fault
1:0527 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_527 Alarm - Relay #1 Power Fault
1:0528 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_528 Alarm - Relay #2 Power Fault
1:0529 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_529 Alarm - Relay #3 Power Fault
1:0530 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_530 Alarm - Relay #4 Power Fault
1:0531 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_531 Alarm - Relay #5 Power Fault
1:0532 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_532 Alarm - Relay #6 Power Fault
1:0533 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_533 Alarm - Relay #7 Power Fault
1:0534 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_534 Alarm - Relay #8 Power Fault
1:0535 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_535 Alarm - Relay #9 Power Fault
1:0536 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_536 Alarm - Relay #10 Power Fault
1:0537 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_537 Alarm - Relay #11 Power Fault
1:0538 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_538 Alarm - Relay #12 Power Fault
1:0539 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_539 Alarm - Analog Out #1 Failed
1:0540 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_540 Alarm - Anlg Out #1 Drvr A Fault
1:0541 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_541 Alarm - Anlg Out #1 Drvr B Fault
1:0542 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_542 Alarm - Anlg Out #1 Drvr C Fault
1:0543 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_543 Alarm - Anlg Out #1 Load Fault
1:0544 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_544 Alarm - Analog Out #2 Failed
1:0545 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_545 Alarm - Anlg Out #2 Drvr A Fault
1:0546 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_546 Alarm - Anlg Out #2 Drvr B Fault
1:0547 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_547 Alarm - Anlg Out #2 Drvr C Fault
1:0548 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_548 Alarm - Anlg Out #2 Load Fault
1:0549 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_549 Alarm - Analog Out #3 Failed
1:0550 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_550 Alarm - Anlg Out #3 Drvr A Fault
1:0551 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_551 Alarm - Anlg Out #3 Drvr B Fault
1:0552 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_552 Alarm - Anlg Out #3 Drvr C Fault
1:0553 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_553 Alarm - Anlg Out #3 Load Fault
1:0554 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_554 Alarm - Analog Out #4 Failed
1:0555 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_555 Alarm - Anlg Out #4 Drvr A Fault
1:0556 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_556 Alarm - Anlg Out #4 Drvr B Fault

148 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0557 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_557 Alarm - Anlg Out #4 Drvr C Fault
1:0558 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_558 Alarm - Anlg Out #4 Load Fault
1:0559 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_559 Alarm - AO#1 in Calib or Out Removed
1:0560 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_560 Alarm - AO#2 in Calib or Out Removed
1:0561 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_561 Alarm - AO#3 in Calib or Out Removed
1:0562 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_562 Alarm - AO#4 in Calib or Out Removed
1:0563 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_563 Alarm - Act1 in Calib or Out Removed
1:0564 Y_ALARMS.ALM.SEL_564 Alarm - Act2 in Calib or Out Removed
1:0565
1:0566 through 1:0799
1:0800
1:0801 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_1 Prgm Error - Duplicate Contact In
1:0802 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_2 Prgm Error - Contact In #5
1:0803 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_3 Prgm Error - Contact In #6
1:0804 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_4 Prgm Error - Contact In #7
1:0805 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_5 Prgm Error - Contact In #8
1:0806 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_6 Prgm Error - Contact In #9
1:0807 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_7 Prgm Error - Contact In #10
1:0808 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_8 Prgm Error - Contact In #11
1:0809 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_9 Prgm Error - Contact In #12
1:0810 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_10 Prgm Error - Contact In #13
1:0811 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_11 Prgm Error - Contact In #14
1:0812 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_12 Prgm Error - Contact In #15
1:0813 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_13 Prgm Error - Contact In #16
1:0814 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_14 Prgm Error - Contact In #17
1:0815 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_15 Prgm Error - Contact In #18
1:0816 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_16 Prgm Error - Contact In #19
1:0817 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_17 Prgm Error - Contact In #20
1:0818 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_18 Prgm Error - Contact In #21
1:0819 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_19 Prgm Error - Contact In #22
1:0820 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_20 Prgm Error - Contact In #23
1:0821 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_21 Prgm Error - Contact In #24
1:0822 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_22 Prgm Error - Duplicate Anlg INs
1:0823 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_23 Prgm Error - Analog In #1
1:0824 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_24 Prgm Error - Analog In #2
1:0825 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_25 Prgm Error - Analog In #3
1:0826 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_26 Prgm Error - Analog In #4
1:0827 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_27 Prgm Error - Analog In #5
1:0828 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_28 Prgm Error - Analog In #6
1:0829 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_29 Prgm Error - Analog In #7
1:0830 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_30 Prgm Error - Analog In #8
1:0831 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_31 Prgm Error - Relay #3
1:0832 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_32 Prgm Error - Relay #4

Woodward Governor Company 149


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0833 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_33 Prgm Error - Relay #5
1:0834 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_34 Prgm Error - Relay #6
1:0835 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_35 Prgm Error - Relay #7
1:0836 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_36 Prgm Error - Relay #8
1:0837 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_37 Prgm Error - Relay #9
1:0838 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_38 Prgm Error - Relay #10
1:0839 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_39 Prgm Error - Relay #11
1:0840 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_40 Prgm Error - Relay #12
1:0841 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_41 Prgm Error - Readout #1
1:0842 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_42 Prgm Error - Readout #2
1:0843 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_43 Prgm Error - Readout #3
1:0844 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_44 Prgm Error - Readout #4
1:0845 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_45 Prgm Error - Act #2 Readout
1:0846 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_46 Prgm Error - No Start Mode
1:0847 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_47 Prgm Error - Max Speed > 25000
1:0848 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_48 Prgm Error - Failed Speed Level
1:0849 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_49 Prgm Error - Speed Input #4
1:0850 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_50 Prgm Error - Spd Setpt Settings
1:0851 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_51 Prgm Error - Crit Rate < Slow Rate
1:0852 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_52 Prgm Error - Crit #2 / No Crit #1
1:0853 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_53 Prgm Error - Critical Band < Idle
1:0854 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_54 Prgm Error - Crit Bnd Err / No Idle
1:0855 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_55 Prgm Error - Crit Band #1 Settings
1:0856 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_56 Prgm Error - Crit Band #2 Settings
1:0857 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_57 Prgm Error - Idle/Rated Settings
1:0858 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_58 Prgm Error - Idle > Min Gov Setpt
1:0859 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_59 Prgm Error - Rated > Max Gov Setpt
1:0860 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_60 Prgm Error - Auto Start Seq Settings
1:0861 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_61 Prgm Error - Hi Idle Set in Crit Band
1:0862 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_62 Prgm Error - Lo Idle Set in Crit Band
1:0863 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_63 Prgm Error - Hi Idle > Min Gov
1:0864 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_64 Prgm Error - Steam Map Settings
1:0865 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_65 Prgm Error - No Extr Analog Input
1:0866 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_66 Prgm Error - No Rmt Extr Anlg Input
1:0867 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_67 Prgm Error - No Cascade Anlg Input
1:0868 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_68 Prgm Error - No Rmt Casc Anlg Input
1:0869 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_69 Prgm Error - No Aux Analog Input
1:0870 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_70 Prgm Error - No Rmt Aux Anlg Input
1:0871 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_71 Prgm Error - No Rmt Spd Anlg Input
1:0872 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_72 Prgm Error - Extr Setpt Settings
1:0873 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_73 Prgm Error - Casc Setpt Settings
1:0874 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_74 Prgm Error - Aux Setpt Settings
1:0875 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_75 Prgm Error - KW/Load Setpt Settings

150 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0876 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_76 Prgm Error - No Tie Brkr Input
1:0877 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_77 Prgm Error - No Gen Brkr Input
1:0878 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_78 Prgm Error - No Ld Shr Anlg Input
1:0879 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_79 Prgm Error - No Sync Anlg Input
1:0880 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_80 Prgm Error - No KW/MW Anlg Input
1:0881 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_81 Prgm Error - Sync & Ld Shr Anlgs Prgmd
1:0882 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_82 Prgm Error - Freq E/D & Ld Shr Prgmd
1:0883 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_83 Prgm Error - KW Max Ld > KW Input
1:0884 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_84 Prgm Error - KW & Aux Anlgs Prgmd
1:0885 CONF_CHK_1.C_ERR.SEL_85 Prgm Error - KW & Casc Anlgs Prgmd
1:0886
1:0887 through 1:0902 Spare
1:0903
1:0904 Z_MOD.CTC_LATCH.LATCH Alarm Not Acknowledged
1:0905 Z_MOD.ALM_ACKN1.B_SW Alarm Acknowledge
1:0906 Y_ALARMS.ALM.ALM Alarm Exists (Common Alarm Indication)
1:0907 Y_ALARMS.MAJOR_ALM.OR Major Alarm Exists
1:0908
1:0950
1:0951 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_2 Trip - External Trip
1:0952 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_3 Trip - External Trip 2
1:0953 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_4 Trip - External Trip 3
1:0954 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_5 Trip - External Trip 4
1:0955 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_6 Trip - External Trip 5
1:0956 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_7 Trip - External Trip 6
1:0957 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_8 Trip - External Trip 7
1:0958 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_9 Trip - External Trip 8
1:0959 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_10 Trip - External Trip 9
1:0960 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_11 Trip - External Trip 10
1:0961 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_12 Trip - PC Programmer Trip
1:0962 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_13 Trip - Modbus Link #1 Trip
1:0963 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_14 Trip - Modbus Link #2 Trip
1:0964 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_15 Trip - Overspeed Trip
1:0965 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_16 Trip - Loss of all Speed Probes
1:0966 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_17 Trip - All Anlg I/O Modules Failed
1:0967 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_18 Trip - All Discrete I/O Mods Failed
1:0968 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_19 Trip - Act #1 (HP) Fault
1:0969 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_20 Trip - Act #2 (LP) Fault
1:0970 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_21 Trip - Aux Input Failed
1:0971 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_22 Trip - Extraction Input Failed
1:0972 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_23 Trip - Tie Breaker Opened
1:0973 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_24 Trip - Gen Breaker Opened
1:0974 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_1 Trip - Power Up Trip

Woodward Governor Company 151


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:0975 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_25 Trip - Controlled Shutdown
1:0976 X_TRIPS.ANY.SEL_26 Trip - Configuration Error
1:0977
1:0978 through 1:0999 Spare
1:1000
1:1001 Y_ALARMS.MAJOR_ALM.OR Major Alarm Condition
1:1002 Y_ALARMS.MINOR_ALM.AND Minor Alarm Condition
1:1003 Y_ALARMS.ALM.HORN Any Alarm Condition
1:1004 X_TRIPS.TRIPPED.B_NAME Shutdown Condition
1:1005 Z_MOD_VALS.MOD_OS1.ONE_SH ESD Acknowledge Enable
1:1006 I_V1_STRT.START2_EN.AND Ready for 2nd Start (open hp)
1:1007 I_START.OK_TO_STRT.AND Start Permissives Met
1:1008 I_START.LTCH_START.LATCH Unit Started / Run Initiated
1:1009 D_IFACE_O.MVG_TO_IDL.B_NAME Startup - Moving to Min Setpoint
1:1010 D_IFACE_O.IDLE.B_NAME Idle/Rated - Ramping to Idle
1:1011 C_IDLE_RTD.AT_IDLE.A_EQUAL Idle/Rated - At Idle Setpt
1:1012 D_IFACE_O.RATED.B_NAME Idle/Rated - Ramping to Rated
1:1013 D_IFACE_O.AT_RATED.B_NAME Idle/Rated - At Rated Setpt
1:1014 D_IDLE_RTD.ENBL_IDLE.AND Idle/Rated - Idle Permissive
1:1015 D_IDLE_RTD.ENBL_RATED.AND Idle/Rated - Rated Permissive
1:1016 D_IFACE_O.AT_LO_IDL.B_NAME Auto Seq - Setpt at Lo Idle
1:1017 D_IFACE_O.SEL_HI_IDL.B_NAME Auto Seq - Ramping to High Idle
1:1018 D_IFACE_O.AT_HI_IDL.B_NAME Auto Seq - Setpt at High Idle
1:1019 D_IDLE_RTD.SEL_RATED.B_SW Auto Seq - Ramping to Rated
1:1020 D_IFACE_O.AT_ASS_RTD.B_NAME Auto Seq - At Rated
1:1021 D_AUTOENBL.HAULT.NOT Auto Seq - Sequence Halted
1:1022 D_AUTOENBL.ASS_PERM.NOT Auto Seq - Permissive
1:1023
1:1024
1:1025 D_IFACE_O.SPD_LSSCTL.B_NAME Speed PID In Control of LSS (not aux)
1:1026 D_MPU_OVRD.OVRD_ON.OR Speed Sensor 1 Failed Override ON
1:1027 A_SPEED2.OVRD_INPUT.OR Speed Sensor 2 Failed Override ON
1:1028 A_SPEED3.OVRD_INPUT.OR Speed Sensor 3 Failed Override ON
1:1029 A_SPEED4.OVRD_INPUT.OR Speed Sensor 4 Failed Override ON
1:1030 D_IFACE_O.OSPD_PERM.B_NAME Overspeed Test Permissive
1:1031 D_IFACE_O.IN_OSPDTST.B_NAME Overspeed Test In Progress
1:1032 D_OSPD_EN.INTRNL_TST.LATCH_ Electrical (5009) Ospd Test Enabled
1:1033 D_OSPD_EN.EXTRNL_TST.LATCH_ External Overspeed Test Enabled
1:1034 D_MPU.SPD>MIN- Speed At or above Min Gov
1:1035 D_IFACE_O.IN_CRIT.B_NAME Turbine In Critical Speed Band
1:1036 D_SPD_R_L.EN_R_L.NOR Speed Setpt Raise/Lower Permissive
1:1037
1:1038 D_REMOTE.RMT_PERM.AND Remote Speed Control Permissible

152 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:1039 D_RMT_ENBL.RMT_ENBL.LATCH_ Remote Speed Setpt Is Enabled
1:1040 D_REMOTE.RMT_ACTV.AND Remote Speed Setpt Is Active
1:1041 J_MESSAGE.RMT_IN_CTL.AND Remote Speed Setpt Is In Control
1:1042 D_RMT_ENBL.INHIBITED.OR Remote Speed Setpt Is Inhibited
1:1043 J_CONTROL.SPD_CTRL.AND Speed PID In Control (not being lmted)
1:1044
1:1045 D_SPD_CTRL.SW_DYN.B_SW On-Line Dynamics Mode
1:1046 D_BRKR.GEN_BRKR.B_NAME Generator Breaker Closed
1:1047 D_BRKR.UTIL_TIE.B_NAME Utility Tie Breaker Closed
1:1048
1:1049
1:1050 D_SYNC_SEL.SYNC_PERM.AND Sync/Ld Share is Permissible
1:1051 D_SYNC_SEL.SYNC_ENBLD.LATC Synchronizing Is Enabled
1:1052 D_LD_SHARE.LS_CTRL.AND Sync or Load Share Is In Control
1:1053 D_SYNC_SEL.INHIBITED.OR Sync / Load Share Is Inhibited
1:1054
1:1055 D_FREQ.FREQ_ARMD.B_SW Frequency Control Armed
1:1056 D_FREQ.ISOCH.AND Frequency Control Active
1:1057
1:1058 F_RMT_CASC.RL_PERM.NOR Cascade Raise/Lower Perm
1:1059 F_CASC_EN.CASC_PERM.AND Cascade Ctrl Is Permissible
1:1060 F_CASC_EN.CASC_EN.LATCH_R Cascade Is Enabled
1:1061 F_CASC_EN.CASC_CTRL.AND Cascade Is Active
1:1062 J_MESSAGE.CASC_CTL.AND Cascade Is In Control
1:1063 F_CASC_EN.INHIBITED.OR Cascade Is Inhibited
1:1064 F_RMT_CASC.RMT_CAS_EN.LATC Rmt Cascade Is Enabled
1:1065 F_RMT_CASC.REM_SEL.AND Rmt Cascade Is Active
1:1066 J_MESSAGE.CASC_RMT.AND Rmt Cascade Is In Control
1:1067 F_RMT_CASC.INHIBITED.OR Rmt Cascade Is Inhibited
1:1068
1:1069 G_RMT_AUX.RL_PERM.B_SW Auxiliary Raise/Lower Perm
1:1070 G_AUX_ENBL.AUX_PERM.AND Auxiliary Ctrl Is Permissible
1:1071 G_AUX_ENBL.AUX_EN.B_SW Auxiliary Is Enabled
1:1072 G_AUX_ACTV.AUX_ACTV.AND Auxiliary Is Active
1:1073 J_MESSAGE.AUX_INCTRL.AND Auxiliary Is In Control
1:1074 J_MESSAGE.IN_CTL_LMT.NC Aux Active / Not Limiting
1:1075 J_MESSAGE.IN_CTL_LMT.NO Aux Active / Not In Control
1:1076 G_AUX_ENBL.INHIB.B_SW Auxiliary is Inhibited
1:1077 G_RMT_AUX.RMT_AUX_EN.LATCH Remote Aux Is Enabled
1:1078 G_RMT_AUX.RMT_ACTV.AND Remote Aux Is Active
1:1079 J_MESSAGE.RMT_AUXCTL.AND Rmt Aux Is In Control
1:1080 G_RMT_AUX.INHIBITED.OR Rmt Aux Is Inhibited
1:1081

Woodward Governor Company 153


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:1082 E_RMT_EXTR.RL_PERM.AND Extraction Raise/Lower Perm
1:1083 EXT_ACTIVE.EXTR_PERMS.AND Extraction Ctrl Is Permissible
1:1084 EXTR_ENBL.EXTR.LATCH Extraction Is Enabled
1:1085 EXT_ACTIVE.EXTR_ACTV.AND Extraction Is Active
1:1086 J_CONTROL.PRS_CTRL.AND Extraction Is In Control (not lmted)
1:1087 EXTR_ENBL.INHIBITED.OR Extraction is Inhibited
1:1088 E_RMT_EXTR.RMT_XTR_EN.LATC Remote Extr Is Enabled
1:1089 E_RMT_EXTR.RMT_ACTV.AND Remote Extr Is Active
1:1090 J_MESSAGE.EXTR_RMT.AND Rmt Extr Is In Control
1:1091 E_RMT_EXTR.INHIBITED.OR Rmt Extr Is Inhibited
1:1092
1:1093 through 1:1094 Spare
1:1095
1:1096 E_MAPPRIOR.PRSPRIORTY.B_SW Pressure Priority Enabled
1:1097 J_PRI_ACTV.PRS_ACTV.AND Pressure Priority Active
1:1098 J_CONTROL.S_PRI_ACTV.OR Speed Priority Active
1:1099 E_MAPPRIOR.XFER_PERM.AND Priority Transfer Permissible
1:1100
1:1101 J_CTRLSTOP.ACK_STP_L.LATCH Controlled Stop In Progress
1:1102
1:1103
1:1104 I_V1_LMTR.VLV_RAMP.P_LIM_2 HP Valve Lmtr Is Open (at max)
1:1105 I_V1_LMTR.VLV_RAMP.P_LIM_1 HP Valve Lmtr Is Closed (at min)
1:1106 I_IFACE_O.RMP_LSSCTL.B_NAME HP Valve Limiter In Control
1:1107
1:1108 I_V2_LMTR.VLV_RAMP.P_LIM_3 LP Valve Lmtr Is Open (at max)
1:1109 I_V2_LMTR.VLV_RAMP.P_LIM_2 LP Valve Lmtr Is Closed (at min)
1:1110 I_IFACE_O.N_EXTR_CTL.NOT LP Valve Limiter In Control
1:1111
1:1112 J_RMT_LCL.RMT_SEL.LATCH Remote/Local Remote Selected
1:1113 J_RMT_LCL.USE_MOD1.AND MODBUS 1 Active
1:1114
1:1115 J_MAP_LMTS.AT_LIMIT.OR At Steam Map Limit
1:1116 J_LMT_P.PMIN_LOGIC.AND At Min Press Limit
1:1117 J_LMT_HP.HP_MAX_LIM.OR At HP MAX Limit
1:1118 J_LMT_HP.HPMIN.AND At HP MIN Limit
1:1119 J_LMT_LP.LP_MAX_LIM.OR At LP MAX Limit
1:1120 J_LMT_LP.LP_MIN_LIM.OR At LP MIN Limit
1:1121 J_LMT_S.MAX_PWR.B_SW At Max Power Limit
1:1122 J_LMT_P.PMX_LMT.OR At Max Press Limit
1:1123
1:1124 through 1:1126 Spare
1:1127

154 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:1128 J_RELAYS.OUT1.B_SW Shutdown Relay Energized
1:1129 J_RELAYS.OUT2.B_SW Alarm Relay Energized
1:1130 J_RELAYS.OUT3.B_SW Relay 3 Energized
1:1131 J_RELAYS.OUT4.B_SW Relay 4 Energized
1:1132 J_RELAYS.OUT5.B_SW Relay 5 Energized
1:1133 J_RELAYS.OUT6.B_SW Relay 6 Energized
1:1134 J_RELAYS.OUT7.B_SW Relay 7 Energized
1:1135 J_RELAYS.OUT8.B_SW Relay 8 Energized
1:1136 J_RELAYS.OUT9.B_SW Relay 9 Energized
1:1137 J_RELAYS.OUT10.B_SW Relay 10 Energized
1:1138 J_RELAYS.OUT11.B_SW Relay 11 Energized
1:1139 J_RELAYS.OUT12.B_SW Relay 12 Energized
1:1140 A_DI_01.CONTACT_IN.NOT ESD Contact Input Closed
1:1141 A_DI_02.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Reset Contact Input Closed
1:1142 A_DI_03.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Raise Speed Contact Input Closed
1:1143 A_DI_04.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Lower Speed Contact Input Closed
1:1144 A_DI_05.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 5 Closed
1:1145 A_DI_06.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 6 Closed
1:1146 A_DI_07.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 7 Closed
1:1147 A_DI_08.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 8 Closed
1:1148 A_DI_09.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 9 Closed
1:1149 A_DI_10.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 10 Closed
1:1150 A_DI_11.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 11 Closed
1:1151 A_DI_12.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 12 Closed
1:1152 A_DI_13.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 13 Closed
1:1153 A_DI_14.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 14 Closed
1:1154 A_DI_15.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 15 Closed
1:1155 A_DI_16.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 16 Closed
1:1156 A_DI_17.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 17 Closed
1:1157 A_DI_18.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 18 Closed
1:1158 A_DI_19.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 19 Closed
1:1159 A_DI_20.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 20 Closed
1:1160 A_DI_21.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 21 Closed
1:1161 A_DI_22.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 22 Closed
1:1162 A_DI_23.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 23 Closed
1:1163 A_DI_24.CONTACT_IN.B_NAME Contact In 24 Closed
1:1164
1:1165 C_COMM.M1_VLV_CAL.AND Mod #1 Valve Calibration Enabled
1:1166 I_STRK_V1.MOD_STROKE.LATCH V1 Valve Calibration Enabled
1:1167 I_STRK_V2.MOD_STROKE.LATCH V2 Valve Calibration Enabled
1:1168 I_STRK_V1.STROKEPERM.NOT Valve Calib/Stroking Permissible
1:1169 D_OSPD_EN.M1OSPDENBL.AND Modbus #1 Ospd Testing Enabled
1:1170 D_SPD_DYN.M1_DYN_ENB.AND Modbus #1 Dyn Adjust Enabled

Woodward Governor Company 155


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:1171 J_SAVETUNE.SAVING.ONE_SHOT Saving Changes to EEPROMs
1:1172
1:1173 through 1:1181 Spare
1:1182
1:1183 Z_MOD_VALS.ANY_MODRLY.OR Modbus Relay Configured
1:1184 G_AUX_ENBL.USE_AUX_EN.B_NA Aux Enable/Disable Configured
1:1185 CONF_VAL_1.USE_SYNC.B_NAME Sync Function Configured
1:1186 Z_MOD_VALS.USE_SD1.NOT ESD Control Configured
1:1187 C_SPD_CTRL.MAN_START.B_NAM Manual Start Configured
1:1188 C_START.AUTO_START.B_NAME Auto Start Configured
1:1189 C_START.SEMI_AUTO.B_NAME Semi-Auto Start Configured
1:1190 C_START.USE_IDLRTD.B_NAME Idle/Rated Start Configured
1:1191 C_START.USE_ASS.B_NAME Auto Start Sequence Configured
1:1192 CONF_VAL_1.USE_FSP.B_NAME First Stage Pressure Configured
1:1193 CONF_VAL_1.USE_REMOTE.B_NA Remote Speed Control Configured
1:1194 CONF_VAL_1.USE_LD_SHR.B_NA Loadsharing Configured
1:1195 WGSPL.MONTOR_AI1.B_NAME Monitor Analog Configured
1:1196 CONF_VAL_1.GEN_SET.B_NAME Gen Set Configured
1:1197 CONF_VAL_1.USE_CASC.B_NAME Cascade Control Configured
1:1198 CONF_VAL_2.CAS_RMT_SW.B_SW Remote Cascade Configured
1:1199 CONF_VAL_1.USE_AUX.B_NAME Aux Configured
1:1200 CONF_VAL_2.AUX_RMT_SW.B_SW Remote Aux Configured
1:1201 J_RMT_LCL.MOD1_LCL.B_NAME Mod 1 Local/Remote Active Configured
1:1202 WGSPL.STRT_PERM.B_NAME Start Permissive Configured
1:1203 CONF_VAL_1.ARM_DISARM.AND Frequency Arm/Disarm Configured
1:1204 CONF_VAL_1.ARM_DISARM.AND Frequency Control Configured
1:1205 D_SPD_CTRL.DSPLY_ONLN.LATCH Display On-Line Dynamics
1:1206 C_APPL.USE_LCLRMT.B_NAME Local/Remote Configured
1:1207 Z_MOD_VALS.LOCALTRIP1.B_NAM Local/Remote ESD Always Active
1:1208 CONF_VAL_1.CAS_SP_TRK.AND Casc Setpt Tracking Config'd
1:1209 CONF_VAL_2.KW_OK.AND KW Input Configured and Not Fld
1:1210 CONF_VAL_2.EXTRAN- Extr/Adm Configured
1:1211 CONF_VAL_2.ADMONLY.B_NAME Admission-only Configured
1:1212 CONF_VAL_2.USE_XTR_ED.OR Extr Enable/Disable Configured
1:1213 WGSPL.PRIOR_ENBL.AND Priority Selection Configured
1:1214 CONF_VAL_2.EXTR_RMT.B_NAME Remote Extr/Adm Setpt Configured
1:1215 CONF_VAL_2.XTR_SP_TRK.AND E/A Setpt Tracking Config'd
1:1216 CONF_VAL_2.EXTR_TURB.B_NAM Extraction Turbine (not dual)
1:1217 J_CTRLSTOP.ENBL_CSTOP.B_SW Controlled Stop Configured
1:1218
1:1219
1:1220 C_SPD_CTRL.IN2_USED.B_NAME Speed Sensor #2 Configured
1:1221 C_SPD_CTRL.IN3_USED.B_NAME Speed Sensor #3 Configured

156 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description


1:1222 C_SPD_CTRL.IN4_USED.B_NAME Speed Sensor #4 Configured
1:1223 J_AO_MUX.GT32000_1.A_COMPAR AO#1 scaling = x10 (value > 32000)
1:1224 J_AO_MUX.GT32000_2.A_COMPAR AO#2 scaling = x10 (value > 32000)
1:1225 J_AO_MUX.GT32000_3.A_COMPAR AO#3 scaling = x10 (value > 32000)
1:1226 J_AO_MUX.GT32000_4.A_COMPAR AO#4 scaling = x10 (value > 32000)
1:1227 J_AO_MUX.GT32000_A2.A_COMPA Act#2 RO scaling = x10 (value>32000)
1:1228 ANIN1.VALGT32000.A_COMPARE AI#1 scaling = x10 (value > 32000)
1:1229 ANIN2.VALGT32000.A_COMPARE AI#2 scaling = x10 (value > 32000)
1:1230 ANIN3.VALGT32000.A_COMPARE AI#3 scaling = x10 (value > 32000)
1:1231 ANIN4.VALGT32000.A_COMPARE AI#4 scaling = x10 (value > 32000)
1:1232 ANIN5.VALGT32000.A_COMPARE AI#5 scaling = x10 (value > 32000)
1:1233 ANIN6.VALGT32000.A_COMPARE AI#6 scaling = x10 (value > 32000)
1:1234 ANIN7.VALGT32000.A_COMPARE AI#7 scaling = x10 (value > 32000)
1:1235 ANIN8.VALGT32000.A_COMPARE AI#8 scaling = x10 (value > 32000)

Table 7-6. Boolean Reads

Analog Reads

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description Units Mult

3:0001 X_TRIPS.LAST_TRIP.OUT_1 Cause of last turbine trip none none

3:0002 A_SPEED1.MON_SPEED.A_NAME Speed Sensor #1 Input rpm none

3:0003 A_SPEED2.MON_SPEED.A_NAME Speed Sensor #2 Input rpm none

3:0004 A_SPEED3.MON_SPEED.A_NAME Speed Sensor #3 Input rpm none

3:0005 A_SPEED4.MON_SPEED.A_NAME Speed Sensor #4 Input rpm none

3:0006 A_SPEED.MON_SPEED.A_NAME Actual Turbine Speed rpm none

3:0007 Z_MOD_VALS.SPD_PV_PCT.MULTIPLY Actual Speed % 100

3:0008

3:0009 Z_MOD_VALS.SPD_SP_PCT.MULTIPLY Speed Setpoint % 100

3:0010 D_IFACE_O.SPD_SETPT.A_NAME Speed Setpoint rpm none

3:0011 AA_MONITOR.SPD_SETPT.A_NAME Speed Droop Setpoint rpm none

3:0012 AA_MONITOR.LOAD.A_NAME Calculated Load % 100

3:0013

3:0014 AA_MONITOR.SPD_PID.A_NAME Speed PID Output % 100

3:0015 D_SPD_DYN.P_GAIN_OFF.RAMP Speed PID - Off-Line P-term % 100

3:0016 D_SPD_DYN.I_GAIN_OF.RAMP Speed PID - Off-Line I-term rps 100

3:0017 D_SPD_DYN.D_GAIN_OF.RAMP Speed PID - Off-Line SDR % 100

3:0018 D_SPD_DYN.P_GAIN_ON.RAMP Speed PID - On-Line P-term % 100

Woodward Governor Company 157


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description Units Mult

3:0019 D_SPD_DYN.I_GAIN_ON.RAMP Speed PID - On-Line I-term rps 100

3:0020 D_SPD_DYN.D_GAIN_ON.RAMP Speed PID - On-Line SDR % 100

3:0021 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_3 Speed Control Status none none

3:0022 D_MPU.MIN_GOV.A_NAME Min Governor Speed Setpoint rpm none

3:0023

3:0024

3:0025

3:0026 C_IDLE_RTD.IDLE_SETPT.SAMP_TUNE Idle / Rated - Idle Speed rpm none

3:0027 D_INTRFACE.RATED_SPD.A_NAME Idle / Rated - Rated Speed rpm none

3:0028 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_4 Idle / Rated Status none none

3:0029

3:0030 C_AUTOSEQ.LO_IDLE_SP.SAMP_TUNE Auto Seq - Low Idle Speed Setpt rpm none

3:0031 D_IFACE_O.DLY_LO.A_NAME Auto Seq - Low Idle Delay min 100

3:0032 D_IFACE_O.R_TIME_LO.A_NAME Auto Seq - Time Left At Lo Idle min 100

3:0033 D_IFACE_O.RATE_LO.A_NAME Auto Seq - Low to Hi Idle Rate rpm/ none


sec

3:0034 C_AUTOSEQ.HI_IDLE_SP.SAMP_TUNE Auto Seq - High Idle Speed Setpt rpm none

3:0035 D_IFACE_O.DLY_HI.A_NAME Auto Seq - High Idle Delay min 100

3:0036 D_IFACE_O.R_TIME_HI.A_NAME Auto Seq - Time Left At High Idle min 100

3:0037 D_IFACE_O.RATE_HI.A_NAME Auto Seq - Hi Idle to Rated Rate rpm/ none


sec

3:0038 C_AUTOSEQ.RTD_SETPT.SAMP_TUNE Auto Seq - Rated Speed Setpt rpm none

3:0039 I_START.RUN_HRS.DIVIDE Auto Seq - Run Time Hours hours none

3:0040 D_IFACE_O.HRS_TRIPPD.A_NAME Auto Seq - Hours Since Trip hours none

3:0041 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_5 Auto Sequence Status none none

3:0042

3:0043 through 3:0045 Spare

3:0046

3:0047 D_REMOTE.RMT_INPUT.A_LIMITER Remote Speed Setpoint Input rpm none

3:0048 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_6 Remote Speed Status none none

3:0049

3:0050

3:0051 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_14 Cascade Input #1 (Scaled) Casc C.S.F.


Units

158 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description Units Mult

3:0052 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_15 Cascade Input #2 (Scaled) Casc C.S.F.


Units

3:0053 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_16 Cascade Input #3 (Scaled) Casc C.S.F.


Units

3:0054 F_CASC_AI.CASC_INPUT.A_NAME Cascade Input (Scaled) Casc C.S.F.


Units

3:0055 Z_MOD_VALS.CAS_PV_PCT.MULTIPLY Cascade Input % 100

3:0056 F_IFACE_O.CAS_SETPT.A_NAME Cascade Setpoint (Scaled) Casc C.S.F.


Units

3:0057 Z_MOD_VALS.CAS_SP_PCT.MULTIPLY Cascade Setpoint % 100

3:0058 Z_MOD_VALS.CASC_SCALE.A_NAME Cascade Scale Factor none none

3:0059 AA_MONITOR.CASC_PID.A_NAME Cascade PID Output % 100

3:0060 F_CAS_DYN.P_GAIN.RAMP Cascade PID - P-term % 100

3:0061 F_CAS_DYN.I_GAIN.RAMP Cascade PID - I-term rps 100

3:0062 F_CAS_DYN.D_GAIN.RAMP Cascade PID - SDR % 100

3:0063 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_7 Cascade Control Status none none

3:0064 F_RMT_CASC.RMT_CAS_IN.A_LIMITER Remote Cascade Input (Scaled) Casc C.S.F.


Units

3:0065 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_8 Remote Cascade Control Status none none

3:0066

3:0067 through 3:0070 Spare

3:0071

3:0072 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_18 Aux Input #1 (Scaled) Aux A.S.F.


Units

3:0073 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_19 Aux Input #2 (Scaled) Aux A.S.F.


Units

3:0074 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_20 Aux Input #3 (Scaled) Aux A.S.F.


Units

3:0075 G_AUX_AI.AUX.A_NAME Aux Input (Scaled) Aux A.S.F.


Units

3:0076 Z_MOD_VALS.AUX_PV_PCT.MULTIPLY Aux Input %

3:0077 AA_MONITOR.AUX_SETPT.A_NAME Aux Setpoint (Scaled) Aux A.S.F.


Units

3:0078 Z_MOD_VALS.AUX_SP_PCT.MULTIPLY Aux Setpoint % 100

3:0079 Z_MOD_VALS.AUX_SCALE.A_NAME Aux Scale Factor none none

3:0080 AA_MONITOR.AUX_PID.A_NAME Aux PID Output % 100

3:0081 G_AUX_DYN.P_GAIN.RAMP Aux PID - P-term % 100

Woodward Governor Company 159


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description Units Mult

3:0082 G_AUX_DYN.I_GAIN.RAMP Aux PID - I-term % 100

3:0083 G_AUX_DYN.D_GAIN.RAMP Aux PID - SDR % 100

3:0084 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_9 Aux Control Status none none

3:0085 G_RMT_AUX.INPUT.A_NAME Remote Aux Input Aux A.S.F.


Units

3:0086 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_10 Remote Aux Control Status none none

3:0087

3:0088 through 3:0090 Spare

3:0091

3:0092 D_MPU.SPEED_HOLD.A_MAX Highest Speed Reached rpm none

3:0093 C_OSPD.RST_TIME.A_SW Ospd Test - Auto Disabl Time sec none


Remaining

3:0094 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_1 Overspeed Test Status none none

3:0095

3:0096

3:0097 J_MISC.MONITOR.A_NAME Monitor Input (Scaled) Mon M.S.F


Units

3:0098 Z_MOD_VALS.MON_SCALE.A_NAME Monitor Input Scale Factor none none

3:0099 J_MISC.FSP.A_NAME FSP Input (Scaled) FSP F.S.F


Units

3:0100 Z_MOD_VALS.FSP_SCALE.A_NAME FSP Scale Factor none none

3:0101 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_4 Sync / Ldshr Input #1 rpm 10

3:0102 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_5 Sync / Ldshr Input #2 rpm 10

3:0103 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_6 Sync / Ldshr Input #3 rpm 10

3:0104 D_LD_SHARE.LD_SHR.A_LIMITER Sync / Ldshr Input rpm 10

3:0105 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_11 Loadshare Status none none

3:0106 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_11

3:0107

3:0108

3:0109 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_7 KW Input #1 (Scaled) Kw Kw.S.F.


Units

3:0110 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_8 KW Input #2 (Scaled) Kw Kw.S.F.


Units

3:0111 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_9 KW Input #3 (Scaled) Kw Kw.S.F.


Units

160 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description Units Mult

3:0112 D_KW_AI.KW_INPUT.A_NAME KW Input (Scaled) Kw Kw.S.F.


Units

3:0113 Z_MOD_VALS.KW_SCALE.A_NAME KW Scale Factor none none

3:0114 AA_MONITOR.HP_LIMITER.A_NAME HP Valve Limiter Output % 100


100

3:0115 AA_MONITOR.LP_LIMITER.A_NAME LP Valve Limiter Output % 100

3:0116 AA_MONITOR.HP_LINEAR.A_NAME Actuator 1 Demand % 100

3:0117 AA_MONITOR.LP_LINEAR.A_NAME Actuator 2 Demand % 100

3:0118

3:0119

3:0120 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_15 Frequency Control Status none none

3:0121 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_18 Controlled Stop Status none none

3:0122

3:0123

3:0124 E_MAN_DMND.MOD_MULT.MULTIPLY Extr/Adm Manual Demand % 100

3:0125 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_10 Ext/Adm Input #1 (Scaled) prgd E.S.F.


units

3:0126 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_11 Ext/Adm Input #2 (Scaled) prgd E.S.F.


units

3:0127 ANIN_LOGIC.SEL_AI.OUT_12 Ext/Adm Input #3 (Scaled) prgd E.S.F.


units

3:0128 AA_MONITOR.EXTR_INPUT.A_NAME Ext/Adm Input (Scaled) prgd E.S.F.


units

3:0129 Z_MOD_VALS.XTR_VL_PRC.MULTIPLY Ext/Adm Input % 100

3:0130 Z_MOD_VALS.XTR_PRCT.MULTIPLY Ext/Adm Setpoint % 100

3:0131 AA_MONITOR.EXTR_SETPT.A_NAME Ext/Adm Setpoint (Scaled) prgd E.S.F.


units

3:0132 Z_MOD_VALS.XTR_SCALE.A_NAME Ext/Adm Scale Factor none none

3:0133 AA_MONITOR.EXTR_PID.A_NAME Ext/Adm PID Output % 100

3:0134 EXTR_DYN.P_GAIN.RAMP Ext/Adm PID - P-term % 100

3:0135 EXTR_DYN.I_GAIN.RAMP Extr/Adm PID - I-term % 100

3:0136 EXTR_DYN.D_GAIN.RAMP Extr/Adm PID - SDR % 100

3:0137 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_12 Ext/Adm Control Status none none

3:0138 E_RMT_EXTR.INPUT.A_NAME Remote Ext/Adm Input (Scaled) prgd E.S.F.


units

3:0139 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_13 Remote Ext/Adm Control Status none none

Woodward Governor Company 161


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description Units Mult

3:0140 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_14 Map Priority Status none none

3:0141

3:0142 through 3:0143 Spare

3:0144

3:0145 D_MOD_SPD.M1_SMP_TUN.SAMP_TUNE Modbus Entered Speed Setpoint rpm none


(fdbk)

3:0146 F_CAS_ENTR.M1_SMP_TUN.SAMP_TUNE Modbus Entered Cascade Setpoint prgd C.S.F.


(fdbk) units

3:0147 G_AUX_ENTR.M1_SMP_TUN.SAMP_TUNE Modbus Entered Aux Setpoint prgd A.S.F.


(fdbk) units

3:0148 EXTR_ENTRD.M1_SMP_TUN.SAMP_TUNE Modbus Entered Extr Setpoint prgd E.S.F.


(fdbk) units

3:0149 AA_MONITOR.S_LMTD.A_NAME S-demand Limited (from ratio/lmtr) % 100

3:0150 AA_MONITOR.P_LMTD.A_NAME P-demand Limited (from ratio/lmtr) % 100

3:0151 AA_MONITOR.HPOUT.A_NAME HP Map Demand (from ratio/lmtr) % 100

3:0152 AA_MONITOR.LPOUT.A_NAME LP Map Demand (from ratio/lmtr) % 100

3:0153 AA_MONITOR.S_TERM.A_NAME S-term (from LSS to ratio/lmtr) % 100

3:0154 AA_MONITOR.P_TERM.A_NAME P-term (from E/A dmd to ratio/lmtr) % 100

3:0155 J_CONTROL.CP.OUT_1 Controlling Parameter (Line 1) none none

3:0156 J_CONTROL.CP.OUT_2 Controlling Parameter (Line 2) none none

3:0157

3:0158 I_IFACE_O.HP_OUT.A_NAME Split-Range Actuator Demand % 100

3:0159 J_AO_MUX.OUT_ACT2.A_SW Actuator 2 Readout mA 100

3:0160 ANIN1.IN_MA_100.CALCULATE Analog Input 1 mA 100

3:0161 ANIN2.IN_MA_100.CALCULATE Analog Input 2 mA 100

3:0162 ANIN3.IN_MA_100.CALCULATE Analog Input 3 mA 100

3:0163 ANIN4.IN_MA_100.CALCULATE Analog Input 4 mA 100

3:0164 ANIN5.IN_MA_100.CALCULATE Analog Input 5 mA 100

3:0165 ANIN6.IN_MA_100.CALCULATE Analog Input 6 mA 100

3:0166 ANIN7.IN_MA_100.CALCULATE Analog Input 7 mA 100

3:0167 ANIN8.IN_MA_100.CALCULATE Analog Input 8 mA 100

3:0168 ANIN1.IN.A_SW Analog Input 1 prgd none


units
units

162 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description Units Mult

3:0169 ANIN2.IN.A_SW Analog Input 2 prgd none


units

3:0170 ANIN3.IN.A_SW Analog Input 3 prgd none


units

3:0171 ANIN4.IN.A_SW Analog Input 4 prgd none


units

3:0172 ANIN5.IN.A_SW Analog Input 5 prgd none


units

3:0173 ANIN6.IN.A_SW Analog Input 6 prgd none


units

3:0174 ANIN7.IN.A_SW Analog Input 7 prgd none


units

3:0175 ANIN8.IN.A_SW Analog Input 8 prgd none


units

3:0176 A_AN_OUT1.AO_RM.RDBK_MA Analog Output 1 mA 100

3:0177 A_AN_OUT2.AO_RM.RDBK_MA Analog Output 2 mA 100

3:0178 A_AN_OUT3.AO_RM.RDBK_MA Analog Output 3 mA 100

3:0179 A_AN_OUT4.AO_RM.RDBK_MA Analog Output 4 mA 100

3:0180 J_AO_MUX.OUT_1.A_SW Analog Output 1 prgd none


units

3:0181 J_AO_MUX.OUT_2.A_SW Analog Output 2 prgd none


units

3:0182 J_AO_MUX.OUT_3.A_SW Analog Output 3 prgd none


units

3:0183 J_AO_MUX.OUT_4.A_SW Analog Output 4 prgd none


units

3:0184 A_HP_ACT.ACT_RM.RDBK_MA Actuator #1 Output mA 100

3:0185 Z_MOD_VALS.ACT2MAOUT.A_SW Actuator #2 Output mA 100

3:0186 AA_MONITOR.HP_LINEAR.A_NAME Actuator #1 Output mA 100

3:0187 AA_MONITOR.LP_LINEAR.A_NAME Actuator #2 Output mA 100

3:0188 Z_MOD_VALS.AIO_CONFIG.OUT_1 Analog Input 1 Configuration none none

3:0189 Z_MOD_VALS.AIO_CONFIG.OUT_2 Analog Input 2 Configuration none none

3:0190 Z_MOD_VALS.AIO_CONFIG.OUT_3 Analog Input 3 Configuration none none

3:0191 Z_MOD_VALS.AIO_CONFIG.OUT_4 Analog Input 4 Configuration none none

3:0192 Z_MOD_VALS.AIO_CONFIG.OUT_5 Analog Input 5 Configuration none none

3:0193 Z_MOD_VALS.AIO_CONFIG.OUT_6 Analog Input 6 Configuration none none

3:0194 Z_MOD_VALS.AIO_CONFIG.OUT_7 Analog Input 7 Configuration none none

Woodward Governor Company 163


5009 Manual 85580V1

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description Units Mult

3:0195 Z_MOD_VALS.AIO_CONFIG.OUT_8 Analog Input 8 Configuration none none

3:0196 Z_MOD_VALS.AIO_CONFIG.OUT_9 Analog Output 1 Configuration none none

3:0197 Z_MOD_VALS.AIO_CONFIG.OUT_10 Analog Output 2 Configuration none none

3:0198 Z_MOD_VALS.AIO_CONFIG.OUT_11 Analog Output 3 Configuration none none

3:0199 Z_MOD_VALS.AIO_CONFIG.OUT_12 Analog Output 4 Configuration none none

3:0200 Z_MOD_VALS.RLY1.A_MUX_N_1 Relay 3 Configuration none none

3:0201 Z_MOD_VALS.RLY2.A_MUX_N_1 Relay 4 Configuration none none

3:0202 Z_MOD_VALS.RLY3.A_MUX_N_1 Relay 5 Configuration none none

3:0203 Z_MOD_VALS.RLY4.A_MUX_N_1 Relay 6 Configuration none none

3:0204 Z_MOD_VALS.RLY5.A_MUX_N_1 Relay 7 Configuration none none

3:0205 Z_MOD_VALS.RLY6.A_MUX_N_1 Relay 8 Configuration none none

3:0206 Z_MOD_VALS.RLY7.A_MUX_N_1 Relay 9 Configuration none none

3:0207 Z_MOD_VALS.RLY8.A_MUX_N_1 Relay 10 Configuration none none

3:0208 Z_MOD_VALS.RLY9.A_MUX_N_1 Relay 11 Configuration none none

3:0209 Z_MOD_VALS.RLY10.A_MUX_N_1 Relay 12 Configuration none none

3:0210 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_1 Contact Configuration Select 5 none none

3:0211 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_2 Contact Configuration Select 6 none none

3:0212 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_3 Contact Configuration Select 7 none none

3:0213 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_4 Contact Configuration Select 8 none none

3:0214 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_5 Contact Configuration Select 9 none none

3:0215 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_6 Contact Configuration Select 10 none none

3:0216 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_7 Contact Configuration Select 11 none none

3:0217 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_8 Contact Configuration Select 12 none none

3:0218 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_9 Contact Configuration Select 13 none none

3:0219 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_10 Contact Configuration Select 14 none none

3:0220 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_11 Contact Configuration Select 15 none none

3:0221 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_12 Contact Configuration Select 16 none none

3:0222 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_13 Contact Configuration Select 17 none none

3:0223 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_14 Contact Configuration Select 18 none none

3:0224 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_15 Contact Configuration Select 19 none none

3:0225 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_16 Contact Configuration Select 20 none none

3:0226 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_17 Contact Configuration Select 21 none none

164 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Addr Servlink Tag Name Description Units Mult

3:0227 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_18 Contact Configuration Select 22 none none

3:0228 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_19 Contact Configuration Select 23 none none

3:0229 Z_MOD_VALS.CONT.OUT_20 Contact Configuration Select 24 none none

3:0230 Z_MOD_VALS.UNITS.OUT_1 Aux Units Configured none none

3:0231 Z_MOD_VALS.UNITS.OUT_2 Cascade Units Configured none none

3:0232 Z_MOD_VALS.UNITS.OUT_3 Extraction Units Configured none none

3:0233 Z_MOD_VALS.UNITS.OUT_4 KW/Load Units Active none none

3:0234 Z_MOD_VALS.UNITS.OUT_5 KW/Load Setpt Units Active none none

3:0235 Z_MOD_VALS.CTRL_CONF.OUT_1 Turbine Type Configured none none

3:0236 Z_MOD_VALS.CTRL_CONF.OUT_2 Aux Control Configured none none

3:0237 Z_MOD_VALS.CTRL_CONF.OUT_3 Casc Control Configured none none

3:0238 Z_MOD_VALS.CTRL_CONF.OUT_4 Start Mode Configured none none

3:0239 Z_MOD_VALS.CTRL_CONF.OUT_5 Idle-to-Rated Mode Configured none none

3:0240 C_DRIVER.ACT2RO_NUM.OUT_1 Actuator2 Readout Configuration none none

3:0241

3:0242 through 3:0250 Spare

3:0251

3:0252 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_16 V1 Calibration Status none none

3:0253 I_STRK_V1.STROKE_RMP.RAMP V1 Calibration Demand % 100

3:0254 I_V1_SCALE.SEL_MIN.A_SW V1 Min Current Calib mA 100

3:0255 I_V1_SCALE.SEL_MAX.A_SW V1 Max Current Calib mA 100

3:0256 Z_MOD_VALS.STATUS_MSG.OUT_17 V2 Calibration Status none none

3:0257 I_STRK_V2.STROKE_RMP.RAMP V1 Calibration Demand % 100

3:0258 I_V2_SCALE.SEL_MIN.A_SW V2 Min Current Calib mA 100

3:0259 I_V2_SCALE.SEL_MAX.A_SW V2 Max Current Calib mA 100

3:0260

Table 7-7. Analog Reads

Woodward Governor Company 165


5009 Manual 85580V1

Analog Writes

ADDR DESCRIPTION UNITS MULTIPLIER

4:0001 Modbus Entered rpm none


Speed Setpoint

4:0002 Modbus Entered casc units casc scale factor


Casc Setpoint

4:0003 Modbus Entered aux units aux scale factor


Aux Setpoint

4:0004 Modbus Entered extr units extr scale factor


Extr Setpoint

4:0005 Spare

4:0006 Spare

4:0007 Spare

4:0008 Spare

Table 7-8. Analog Writes

ANALOG READS
LOOKUP
TABLES

Last Turbine Trip The cause of the last turbine trip (address 3:0001) is an integer that represents the
Cause following cause:
1. Power Up shutdown
2. External Trip Input
3. External Trip 2
4. External Trip 3
5. External Trip 4
6. External Trip 5
7. External Trip 6
8. External Trip 7
9. External Trip 8
10. External Trip 9
11. External Trip 10
12. PC Programmer Trip
13. Comm Link #1 Trip
14. Comm Link #2 Trip
15. Overspeed Trip
16. All Speed Probes Failed

166 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

17. All Analog I/O Modules Failed


18. All Discrete I/O Modules Failed
19. Act #1 (HP) Fault
20. Act #2 (LP) Fault
21. Aux Input Failed
22. Extr/Adm Input Failed
23. Utility Tie Breaker Opened
24. Generator Breaker Opened
25. Manual (controlled) Shutdown
26. Configuration Error

Idle/Rated Status The idle/rated status (address 3:0028) is an integer that represents the following
cause.
0. Idle/Rated is Stopped
1. Idle/Rated is In Critical Avoidance Band
2. Idle/Rated is Moving to Rated
3. Idle/Rated is At Idle Speed
4. Idle/Rated is Moving to Idle
5. Rated Speed Selection is Inhibited
6. Idle Speed Selection is Inhibited
7. Idle/Rated is At Rated Speed

Auto Start The auto start sequence status (address 3:0041) is an integer that represents the
Sequence Status following cause.
0. Auto Start Sequence is Disabled
1. Auto Start Sequence is In Critical Avoidance Band
2. Auto Start Sequence is Completed
3. Auto Start Sequence is Halted
4. Auto Start Sequence is Moving to Low Idle
5. Auto Start Sequence is Moving to Hi Idle
6. Auto Start Sequence is Moving to Rated
7. Auto Start Sequence is At Low Idle
8. Auto Start Sequence is At High Idle
9. Auto Start Sequence is in a Hi Idle Timed Wait
10. Auto Start Sequence is in a Low Idle Timed Wait

Woodward Governor Company 167


5009 Manual 85580V1

Remote Speed The remote speed control status (address 3:0048) is an integer that represents the
Setpoint Status following:
0. Remote Speed Control is Disabled
1. Remote Speed Control is In Control
2. Remote Speed Control is Active
3. Remote Speed Control is Enabled
4. Remote Speed Control is Inhibited

Cascade Control The cascade control status (address 3:0063) is an integer that represents the
Status following cause.
0. Cascade is Disabled
1. Casc Control w/Rmt Setpt
2. Casc Active w/Rmt Setpt
3. Cascade is In Control
4. Casc Active/Not Spd Ctl
5. Cascade is Enabled
6. Cascade is Inhibited

Remote Cascade The remote cascade control status (address 3:0065) is an integer that represents
Setpoint Status the following:
0. Remote Cascade Control is Disabled
1. Remote Cascade Control is In Control
2. Remote Cascade Control is Active
3. Remote Cascade Control is Enabled
4. Remote Cascade Control is Inhibited

Auxiliary Control The auxiliary control status (address 3:0084) is an integer that represents the
Status following cause.
0. Auxiliary is Disabled
1. Controlling w/ Rmt Setpt
2. Aux Active w/ Rmt Setpt
3. Aux Enabled w/Rmt Setpt
4. Auxiliary is In Control
5. Aux is Active / Not Limiting
6. Aux Active/ Not In Control
7. Auxiliary is Inhibited
8. Auxiliary is Enabled

168 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Remote Auxiliary The remote auxiliary control status (address 3:0086) is an integer that represents
Setpoint Status the following:
0. Remote Auxiliary Control is Disabled
1. Remote Auxiliary Control is In Control
2. Remote Auxiliary Control is Active
3. Remote Auxiliary Control is Enabled
4. Remote Auxiliary Control is Inhibited

Overspeed Test The overspeed test status (address 3:0094) is an integer that represents the
Status following:
0. Overspeed Test Mode is Disabled
1. Unit is Tripped
2. At Overspeed Test Limit
3. Speed > 5009 Trip Level
4. External Ospd Trip Test Enabled
5. 5009 Ospd Trip Test Enabled
6. Overspeed Test Permissible
7. Ospd Test NOT Permissible

Load Share The load share control status (address 3:0105) is an integer that represents the
Status following:
0. Load Share is Disabled
1. Load Share is Active
2. Load Share is Enabled
3. Load Share is Inhibited

Frequency The frequency control status (address 3:0120) is an integer that represents the
Control Status following:
0. Frequency Control is Disarmed
1. Frequency Control is In Control
2. Frequency Control is Armed
3. Frequency Control is Inhibited

Control Stop The frequency control status (address 3:0121) is an integer that represents the
Status following:
0. Not Selected
1. Inhibited
2. Closing Hp Limiter
3. Lowering Speed Setpoint
4. Transferring to Coupled Map
5. Disabling Extraction

Woodward Governor Company 169


5009 Manual 85580V1

Extraction/ The extraction/admission control status (address 3:0137) is an integer that


Admission represents the following:
Control Status
0. Ext/Adm is Disabled
1. Ext/Adm Contrl w/Rmt Setpt
2. Ext/Adm Active w/Rmt Setpt
3. Ext/Adm In Control
4. Ext/Adm Active/Not in Ctrl
5. Ext/Adm is Enabled
6. Ext/Adm is Inhibited

Remote Ext/Adm The remote extraction/admission control status (address 3:0139) is an integer that
Status represents the following:
0. Rmt Control Disabled
1. Remote Extr In Control
2. Rmt Extr/Adm In Control
3. Remote Adm In Control
4. Remote Extract Active
5. Remote Extr/Adm Active
6. Remote Admission Active
7. Rmt Extraction Enabled
8. Remote Extr/Adm Enabled
9. Rmt Admission Enabled
10. Rmt Extraction Inhibited
11. Rmt Extr/Adm Inhibited
12. Rmt Admission Inhibited
13. Rmt Extraction Disabled
14. Remote Ext/Adm Disabled
15. Rmt Admission Disabled

Steam Map The steam map priority status (address 3:0143) is an integer that represents the
Priority following:
0. Speed Priority Active
1. Priority Xfer Inhibited
2. Ext Active/Spd Selected
3. Prs Active/Spd Selected
4. Adm Active/Spd Selected
5. Auto Switching Config’d
6. Priority Swtch Not Used
7. Spd Active/Ext Selected
8. Spd Active/Prs Selected
9. Spd Active/Adm Selected

170 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

10. Extr Priority Active


11. E/A Priority Active
12. Adm Priority Active
13. Speed Priority Active

5009 Controlling The controlling parameter status of the 5009 uses two Analog Read registers
Parameters (3:0155 & 3:0156) to identify the parameters that are in control of the 5009. If the
5009 is programmed as a single-valve or split-range actuator only address 3:0156
is used. Analog register 3:0156 corresponds to the parameter in control for non-
extraction units or the second controlling parameter for extraction units. There are
two status lists provided, depending on the unit’s configuration. The variables
give the current status of the control and are defined in the following tables.
Control Status (Extraction Unit Controlling Parameter #1). The
controlling parameter status (address 3:0155) is an integer that represents the
following:
1. Controlling Parameter
2. Shutdown
3. Control at Two Limits
4. HP Max Actuator
5. HP Valve Limiter
6. Max Power Limit
7. HP Max Limit
8. LP Max Limit
9. HP Min Limit
10. LP Min Limit
11. Remote Auxiliary
12. Auxiliary
13. Manual Start
14. Auto Start
15. Semi Auto Start
16. Idle / Rated Start
17. Auto Start Sequence
18. Synchronizing
19. Load Share / Speed
20. Frequency / Speed
21. Remote Cascade / Speed
22. Cascade / Speed
23. Remote / Speed
24. Speed / On - Line
25. Speed / Off - Line

Woodward Governor Company 171


5009 Manual 85580V1

Control Status (Extraction Unit Controlling Parameter #2). The


controlling parameter status (address 3:0156) is an integer that represents the
following:
1. Shutdown - External Trip Input
2. Shutdown - External Trip 2
3. Shutdown - External Trip 3
4. Shutdown - External Trip 4
5. Shutdown - External Trip 5
6. Shutdown - External Trip 6
7. Shutdown - External Trip 7
8. Shutdown - External Trip 8
9. Shutdown - External Trip 9
10. Shutdown - External Trip 10
11. Shutdown - PC Programmer Trip
12. Shutdown - Comm Link #1 Trip
13. Shutdown - Comm Link #2 Trip
14. Shutdown - Overspeed Trip
15. Shutdown - All Speed Probes Failed
16. Shutdown - All Analog I/O Modules Failed
17. Shutdown - All Discrete I/O Modules Failed
18. Shutdown - Act #1 (HP) Fault
19. Shutdown - Act #2 (LP) Fault
20. Shutdown - Aux Input Failed
21. Shutdown - Extr/Adm Input Failed
22. Shutdown - Utility Tie Breaker Opened
23. Shutdown - Generator Breaker Opened
24. Shutdown - Power up Trip
25. Shutdown - Manual (controlled) Stop
26. Shutdown - Configuration Error
27. Controlled Shutdown in Progress
28. Unit Initializing (Power up)
29. Checking Configuration (Program)
30. Start Perm Not Met
31. Ready to Start
32. Max HP & Max LP Limits (at two limits)
33. Max HP & Max Pwr Limits (at two limits)
34. Max HP & Min LP Limits (at two limits)
35. Max Pwr & Max LP Limits (at two limits)
36. Min LP & Max Prs Limits (at two limits)
37. Max HP & Max Prs Limits (at two limits)
38. Max Pwr & Min Prs Limits (at two limits)

172 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

39. Min HP & Min LP Limits (at two limits)


40. Max LP & Min Prs Limits (at two limits)
41. Min LP & Min Prs Limits (at two limits)
42. Min HP & Min Prs Limits (at two limits)
43. LP Max Actuator Control
44. LP Valve Limiter Control
45. Max Power Limit Control
46. HP Max Limit Control
47. LP Max Limit Control
48. HP Min Limit Control
49. LP Min Limit Control
50. Max Extr Limit Control
51. Min Adm Limit Control
52. Max Extr Limit Control
53. Min Extr Limit Control
54. Max Adm Limit Control
55. Max Adm Limit Control
56. Extr Ctrl w/ Rmt Setpt
57. Adm Ctrl w/ Rmt Setpt
58. E/A Ctrl w/ Rmt Setpt
59. Extraction Control
60. Admission Control
61. Extr/Adm Control
62. Manual Extr/Extr Demand
63. Manual Admission Demand
Control Status (Non-Extraction Unit Controlling Parameter). The
controlling parameter status (address 3:0156) is an integer that represents the
following:
1. Shutdown - External Trip Input
2. Shutdown - External Trip 2
3. Shutdown - External Trip 3
4. Shutdown - External Trip 4
5. Shutdown - External Trip 5
6. Shutdown - External Trip 6
7. Shutdown - External Trip 7
8. Shutdown - External Trip 8
9. Shutdown - External Trip 9
10. Shutdown - External Trip 10
11. Shutdown - PC Programmer Trip
12. Shutdown - Comm Link #1 Trip

Woodward Governor Company 173


5009 Manual 85580V1

13. Shutdown - Comm Link #2 Trip


14. Shutdown - Overspeed Trip
15. Shutdown - All Speed Probes Failed
16. Shutdown - All Analog I/O Modules Failed
17. Shutdown - All Discrete I/O Modules Failed
18. Shutdown - Act #1 Fault
19. Shutdown - Act #2 Fault
20. Shutdown - Aux Input Failed
21. Shutdown - KW Input Failed
22. Shutdown - Utility Tie Breaker Opened
23. Shutdown - Generator Breaker Opened
24. Shutdown - Power up Trip
25. Shutdown - Manual (controlled) Stop
26. Shutdown - Configuration Error
27. Controlled Shutdown in Progress
28. Unit Initializing (Power up)
29. Checking Configuration (Program)
30. Max Actuator Control
31. Valve Limiter Control
32. Remote Auxiliary Control
33. Auxiliary Control
34. Configuration Error
35. Start Perm Not Met
36. Ready to Start
37. Manual Start Control
38. Auto Start Control
39. Semi Auto Start Control
40. Idle / Rated Start
41. Auto Start Sequence
42. Synchronizing
43. Load Share / Speed Control
44. Frequency / Speed Control
45. Remote Cascade / Speed Control
46. Cascade / Speed Control
47. Remote / Speed Control
48. Speed / On - Line Control
49. Speed / Off - Line Control

174 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Analog Input Configuration . The Analog Input Configuration (addresses


3:0188 - 0195) is an integer that represents the programmed function of each
analog input and is defined as follows:
1. Analog Input is Not Used
2. Remote Speed Setpt
3. Synchronizing Input
4. Sync/Load Share Input #1
5. Sync/Load Share Input #2
6. Sync/Load Share Input #3
7. KW / Unit Load Input #1
8. KW / Unit Load Input #2
9. KW / Unit Load Input #3
10. Extraction/Admission Input #1
11. Extraction/Admission Input #2
12. Extraction/Admission Input #3
13. Remote Extr / Adm Setpt
14. Cascade Input #1
15. Cascade Input #2
16. Cascade Input #3
17. Remote Cascade Setpt
18. Auxiliary Input #1
19. Auxiliary Input #2
20. Auxiliary Input #3
21. Remote Aux Setpt
22. First Stage Press Input
23. Monitor Analog Input
Analog Output Configuration. The Analog Output Configuration (addresses
3:0196 - 0199) is an integer that represents the programmed function of each
analog output and is defined as follows:
1. Analog Output is Not Used
2. Actual Speed
3. Speed Setpoint
4. Remote Speed Setpt
5. Load Share Input
6. Sync Input
7. KW Input
8. Extr/Adm Input
9. Extr/Adm Setpt
10. Rmt Extr/Adm Setpt
11. Cascade Input
12. Cascade Setpoint

Woodward Governor Company 175


5009 Manual 85580V1

13. Rmt Cascade Setpt


14. Auxiliary Input
15. Auxiliary Setpoint
16. Rmt Auxiliary Setpt
17. Speed/Load Demand
18. Extr/Adm Demand
19. Act 1 (or HP) Valve Limiter Setpt
20. Act 2 (or LP) Valve Limiter Setpt
21. Act 1 (or HP) Valve Demand
22. Act 2 (or LP) Valve Demand
23. Actuator Demand (Split Range)
24. First Stage Press Input
25. Monitor Analog Input
Relay Configuration. The Relay Configuration (addresses 3:0200 - 0209) is
an integer that represents the programmed function for each relay output and is
defined as follows:

VALUE DESCRIPTION (level switch options)


1. Actual Speed
2. Speed Setpoint
3. KW Input
4. Sync/Ld Share Input
5. Extr/Adm Input
6. Extr/Adm Setpoint
7. Cascade Input
8. Cascade Setpoint
9. Auxiliary Input
10. Auxiliary Setpoint
11. Speed/Load Demand
12. Extr/Adm Demand
13. HP Valve Limiter
14. LP Valve Limiter
15. Act 1 Valve Demand Output
16. Act 2 Valve Demand Output
17. Actuator Demand (Split Range)
18. First Stage Pressure
19. Monitor Analog Input

176 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

VALUE DESCRIPTION (state relay options)


21. Shutdown Condition
22. Trip Relay (additional trip relay output)
23. Alarm Condition
24. Major Alarm Condition
25. Overspeed Trip
26. Overspeed Test Enabled
27. Speed PID in Control
28. Remote Speed Setpt Enabled
29. Remote Speed Setpt Active
30. Underspeed Switch
31. Auto Start Sequence Halted
32. On-Line PID Dynamics Mode
33. Local Control Mode
34. Frequency Control Armed
35. Frequency Control
36. Sync Enabled
37. Sync / Load Shr Enabled
38. Load Share Control
39. Extr/Adm Control Enabled
40. Extr/Adm Control Active
41. Extr/Adm PID in Control
42. Remote Extr/Adm Setpt Enabled
43. Remote Extr/Adm Setpt Active
44. Casc Control Enabled
45. Cascade Control Active
46. Remote Casc Setpt Enabled
47. Remote Casc Setpt Active
48. Aux Control Enabled
49. Aux Control Active
50. Auxiliary PID in Control
51. Remote Aux Setpt Enabled
52. Remote Aux Setpt Active
53. HP Valve Limiter in Control
54. LP Valve Limiter in Control
55. Extr/Adm Priority Enabled
56. Extr/Adm Priority Active
57. All Extr/Adm Inputs Failed
58. Steam Map Limiter in Control
59. Modbus Relay Command Selected
60. PCI Port C Failed (xfer to B)
61. Relay is Not Used

Woodward Governor Company 177


5009 Manual 85580V1

Contact Input Configuration. The Contact Input Configuration (addresses


3:0210 - 0229) is an integer that represents the programmed function of each
contact input and is defined as follows:
1. Contact Input is Not Used
2. Generator Breaker
3. Utility Tie Breaker
4. Overspeed Test
5. External Run
6. Start Permissible
7. Idle / Rated
8. Halt / Continue Auto Start Sequence
9. Override Speed Sensor Fault
10. Select On-Line Dynamics
11. Local / Remote
12. Remote Speed Setpt Enable
13. Sync Enable
14. Sync/Ld Share Enable
15. Freq Control Arm/Disarm
16. Extr/Adm Setpt Raise
17. Extr/Adm Setpt Lower
18. Extr/Adm Control Enable
19. Remote Extr/Adm Setpt Enable
20. Select Extr/Adm Priority
21. Cascade Setpt Raise
22. Cascade Setpt Lower
23. Cascade Control Enable
24. Remote Casc Setpt Enable
25. Aux Setpt Raise
26. Aux Setpt Lower
27. Aux Control Enable
28. Remote Aux Setpt Enable
29. HP* Valve Limiter Open
30. HP* Valve Limiter Close
31. LP Valve Limiter Open
32. LP Valve Limiter Close
33. Extr/Adm Demand Raise
34. Extr/Adm Demand Lower
35. External Trip 2
36. External Trip 3
37. External Trip 4
38. External Trip 5

178 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

39. External Trip 6


40. External Trip 7
41. External Trip 8
42. External Trip 9
43. External Trip 10
44. External Alarm 1
45. External Alarm 2
46. External Alarm 3
47. External Alarm 4
48. External Alarm 5
49. External Alarm 6
50. External Alarm 7
51. External Alarm 8
52. External Alarm 9
53. External Alarm 10
54. Controlled Shutdown (Manual)
55. Synchronize Time-of-Day
Cascade and Auxiliary Units Configured. The cascade & auxiliary control
units (addresses 3:0230 & 231) are integers that represents the following:
0. (none)
1. psi
2. kPa
3. MW
4. KW
5. bar
6. atm
7. t/h
8. kg/hr
9. kg/cm2
10. #/hr
11. k#/hr
12. deg F
13. deg C
Ext/Adm Units Configured. The extraction/admission control units (address
3:0232) is an integer that represents the following:
0. none)
1. psi
2. kPa
3. bar
4. atm

Woodward Governor Company 179


5009 Manual 85580V1

5. t/h
6. kg/hr
7. kg/cm2
8. #/hr
9. k#/hr
KW/Load Units Active. The KW/Load units active (address 3:0233) is an
integer that represents the following:
0. %
1. MW
2. KW
KW/Load Setpt Units Active. The KW/Load setpt units active (address
3:0234) is an integer that represents the following:
0. rpm
1. MW
2. KW
Turbine Type Configured. The turbine type (address 3:0235) is an integer
that represents the following:
1. Single Valve
2. Split Range Valves
3. Extraction Only
4. Admission Only
5. Extraction and Admission
Aux Control Configured. The auxiliary control configured (address 3:0236)
is an integer that represents the following:
1. Not Used
2. Controller
3. Limiter
Cascade Control Configured. The cascade control configured (address
3:0237) is an integer that represents the following:
1. Not Used
2. Controller
Start Mode Configured. The start mode configured (address 3:0238) is an
integer that represents the following:
1. Manual
2. Semiautomatic
3. Automatic

180 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Method from Idle to Rated Configured. The method from idle to rated
configured (address 3:0239) is an integer that represents the following:
1. No Idle Used
2. Manual Raise/Lower
3. Idle/Rated Ramp
4. Auto Startup Sequence
Actuator #2 Readout. The Act 2 Readout Configured (address 3:0240) is an
integer that represents the following:
1. Actual Speed
2. Speed Setpoint
3. Remote Speed Setpoint
4. Load Share Input
5. Sync Input
6. KW Input
7. Cascade Input
8. Cascade Setpoint
9. Remote Cascade Setpoint
10. Auxiliary Input
11. Auxiliary Setpoint
12. Remote Auxiliary Setpoint
13. HP Valve Limiter Setpoint
14. Act 1 Valve Demand
15. First Stage Pressure
16. Monitor Analog Input
V1 Calibration Status. The V1 calibration status (address 3:0252) is an
integer that represents the following:
0. Calibration is Disabled
1. Calibration is At Min output
2. Calibration is At Max output
3. Calibration is in Manual Entry Mode
4. Calibration is Enabled
5. Speed > 1000 rpm
6. Unit Not Shutdown
V2 Calibration Status. The V2 calibration status (address 3:0256) is an
integer that represents the following:
0. Calibration is Disabled
1. Calibration is At Min output
2. Calibration is At Max output
3. Calibration is in Manual Entry Mode
4. Calibration is Enabled

Woodward Governor Company 181


5009 Manual 85580V1

5. Speed > 1000 rpm


6. Shutdown

SPECIFIC
ADDRESS
INFORMATION

Entering Setpoint The setpoints for the Speed, Extraction, Cascade and Auxiliary can be directly
From the Modbus entered through the Modbus link. When the setpoint is entered for any of these
functions the setpoint will not move instantly, rather the setpoint will move
towards the entered setpoint at the ‘entered rate’ defined for the function in the
program.

There is feedback provided to let the operator know what value was entered. This
value will not change until a new value is entered from the Modbus. Addresses
3:0145-:0148 provide this feedback for speed, cascade, auxiliary, and extraction/
admission respectively. When a new value is entered from the Modbus, the
setpoint will move to the new value. If the desired setpoint is already the same as
the feedback, the operator can use a ‘Go To Modbus Entered’ setpoint command
(0:0019, 0:0035, 0:0043, & 0:0079) instead of entering the setpoint again. Since
the control determines if a new Modbus setpoint has been entered by looking to
see if it has changed, either a new setpoint value must be entered or the ‘Go To
Modbus Entered’ command needs to be used whenever the setpoint to be entered
is the same as the feedback.

Modbus Scale Modbus has two limitations:


Factors
• only integers can be sent across;
• the value is limited between -32767 and 32767.

These limitations can be overcome by scaling the value before it is sent across the
Modbus. The default scale factor for the analog values is automatically set by the
control based on the scaling of the analog input. If the maximum value of the
analog input (Value @ 20 mA) is less than 3200, the scale factor is automatically
set to 10. If the maximum value of the analog input (Value @ 20 mA) is less than
320, the scale factor is automatically set to 100. If the maximum value of the
analog input (Value @ 20 mA) is greater than 32000, the scale factor is
automatically set to 0.1. The scale factor can be changed in the service mode
between 0.1, 1.0, 10, and 100, if desired.

The following input and setpoint values that are sent across the Modbus have
independent scale factors: Extraction/Admission, Auxiliary, Cascade, FSP, KW,
and Sync/Load Share. These scaled parameters and their scale factor are available
through the Modbus.

182 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Values that require a decimal point must be multiplied by the scale factor (10,
100) prior to being sent across the Modbus. The value sent must then be divided
by the scale factor in the Master. Values that are larger than the limitation of
Modbus can be sent across by multiplying the value by a factor of 0.1, then
dividing the value by the same scale factor in the Master.

The Scale Factor adjusts all associated analog reads and writes accordingly. For
example, the Cascade Scale Factor adjusts the cascade input and setpoint analog
read values as well as the Entered Setpt analog write value.

For example, if the Cascade setpoint of 60000 needs to be sent across the Modbus,
the Cascade Scale Factor would automatically be set to 0.1, this will change the
value so that it can be sent across the Modbus (60000 * 0.1 = 6000). After the
value is sent across the Modbus, it must be rescaled in the Master to the original
value (6000 / 0.1 = 60000).

Modbus Some of the analog read addresses have percentages sent across. The formula
Percentage used in the percentage calculation is ((max / actual) * 100). The percentage is
multiplied by 100 before being sent across the Modbus.

Modbus Two different types of shutdown commands (emergency and controlled) can be
Emergency issued through Modbus. The Emergency Shutdown command instantly takes the
Shutdown speed setpoint to zero and the HP & LP actuator currents to zero. Optionally the
5009 can be configured to ignore this Emergency Shutdown command if it is
desired to not allow the unit to be tripped through Modbus.

To avoid an inadvertent trip, the emergency shutdown command from Modbus


can be configured to require a two step process before a shutdown command is
issued. When the shutdown is a two step process boolean write address 0:0001
starts the shutdown process. An “ESD ACKN ENABLE” feedback (1:1005) is
given and an acknowledge on address 0:0002 has to be given within five seconds
for the control to issue an emergency shutdown command.

For More Modbus Detailed information on the Modbus protocol is presented in “Reference Guide
Information PI-MBUS-300” published by AEC Corp./Modicon Inc., formerly Gould Inc. To
implement your own source code, you must register with Modicon. Registration
includes purchasing document PI-MBUS-303 and signing a non-disclosure
agreement. You can register to use Modbus at your nearest Modicon field office.
To find the office nearest you, contact Modicon Technical Support at 1-800-468-
5342.

Woodward Governor Company 183


5009 Manual 85580V1

184 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

CHAPTER 8
SERVICE OPTIONS

PRODUCT The following are the factory options available for the service of Woodward
SERVICE Governor equipment:
OPTIONS
• Replacement/Exchange (3 year warranty) (24 hour service)
• Flat Rate Repair (6 month warranty)
• Flat Rate Remanufacture (3 year warranty)

If you are experiencing problems with installation or unsatisfactory performance


of an installed system, the following options are available.
• Consult the system troubleshooting guide in this section.
• Contact Woodward technical assistance at 1-800-835-5182 and discuss
your problem. In most cases your problem can be resolved over the
phone. If not, you can select which course of action you wish to pursue
based on the available services listed in this section.

Replacement Replacement/Exchanges is a premium program designed for the user who is in


Exchange need of immediate service. It allows the user to request and receive a like new
replacement unit in minimum time (usually within 24 hours of the request),
providing a suitable unit is available at the time of the request, thereby minimizing
costly downtime. This is also a Flat Rate structured program and includes the full
3 year warranty.

This option allows customers to call in advance of a scheduled outage or an


unexpected outage and request a replacement control unit. If the unit is available
at the time of the call, it can usually be shipped out within 24 hours. The customer
replaces his field control unit with the like-new replacement and returns the field
unit to the Woodward facility as explained later in this chapter.

Charges for the Replacement/Exchange service are based on a flat rate plus
shipping expenses. The customer is invoiced the flat rate charge at the time the
replacement unit is shipped and must return the field unit to Woodward within 30
days. If the unit is not received with that time frame, the customer is invoiced the
difference between the flat rate replacement/exchange charge and the current list
price of a new unit.
Return Shipment Authorization Label. To ensure prompt receipt of the
core, and avoid additional charges, the package must be properly marked. A return
authorization label is included with each and every Replacement/Exchange unit
that leaves Woodward. The core should be repackaged and the return
authorization label affixed to the outside of the package. Without the authorization
label, receipt of the returned core could become delayed and therefore additional
charges may be applied.

Woodward Governor Company 185


5009 Manual 85580V1

Flat Rate Repair Flat Rate Repair is available for the majority of standard products in the field.
This program offers the user repair service for their products with the ability of
knowing up front what the cost will be. All repair work carries a 180 day warranty
on replaced parts and labor.

Flat Rate Flat Rate Remanufacture is very similar to the Flat Rate Repair option with the
Manufacture exception that the unit will be returned to the user in “like new” condition and
carry with it a full 3 year warranty. This option is applicable to mechanical
products only.

RETURNING
EQUIPMENT FOR
REPAIR

WARNING
Explosion Hazard - Do not connect or disconnect while circuit is live,
unless area is known to be non-hazardous.

AVERTISSEMENT
Risque D'explosion - Ne pas raccorder ni débrancher tant que
l’installation est sous tension, sauf en cas l’ambiance est décidément
non dangereuse.

WARNING
Explosion Hazard - Substitution of components may impair
suitability for Class I, Division 2

AVERTISSEMENT
Risque d'explosion - La substitution de composants peut rendre ce
matériel inacceptable pour les emplacements de Classe I, Division 2

If any part of the control is to be returned to Woodward Governor Company for


repair, attach a tag to the control with the following information:
• Name of company and location where the control is installed
• Contact name and phone number
• Complete Woodward Governor Company part number(s) and serial
number(s)
• Description of the problem
• Instructions describing the desired type of repair

186 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

CAUTION
To prevent damage to electronic components caused by improper
handling, read and observe the precautions in Woodward Governor
Company Manual 82715, Guide for Handling and Protection of
Electronic Controls, Printed Circuit Boards, and Modules.

Packing a Use the following materials when returning a complete control:


Complete Control
• Use protective caps on all connectors
• Use packing materials that will not damage the surface of the unit
• Use antistatic protective bags on all electronic modules
• Use at least four inches of tightly packed, industry approved packing
material
• Use a packing carton with double walls
• Use a strong tape around the outside of the carton for increased strength

Additional To expedite the repair process it is recommended that a purchase order be issued
Instructions with the item(s) to be repaired. No work will be undertaken until a purchase order
is received. It is highly recommended to make arrangements in advance. Contact
Woodward Governor Company as (800) 835-5182 for instructions.

Address, Use the following address when shipping or corresponding:


Telephone, and Woodward Governor Company
FAX Numbers Turbomachinery Controls
P.O. Box 3800
3800 N. Wilson Ave.
Loveland, CO 80539-3800

TELEPHONE: (970) 663-3900 (24 hours a day)


FAX: (970) 962-7050

OTHER SERVICE Contact the Woodward Governor Company, Customer Service Department for the
FACILITIES name of your nearest Woodward distributor or service facility.

ADDITIONAL Woodward Governor Company Turbomachinery Aftermarket Services offers the


AFTERMARKET following after sale support for all of Woodward Governor products:
PRODUCT
• Customer Training
SUPPORT
SERVICES • Technical Assistance
• Field Service
• Specialized Services

Woodward Governor Company 187


5009 Manual 85580V1

Customer Training is offered either at our facility in Loveland, Colorado, or at


the customer’s site. This training, conducted by experienced trainers, will assure
that customer personnel will be able to maintain system reliability and
availability. For information concerning training available, call 1-800-835-5182
and ask for customer training.

Technical Assistance is available using the Woodward toll-free number. The


Aftermarket Application engineering group is available to assist customer
personnel with technical questions or problem solving during normal business
hours or as emergency support 24 hours a day. This group can also provide
engineering support for changes or enhancements after the commissioning of
customer’s systems. For Technical Engineering Assistance, call 1-800-835-5182
and ask for technical assistance.

Field Service engineers are dispatched from the main Woodward facility in
Loveland, Colorado, or from one of many regional or worldwide offices located
near the customer to provide prompt response. Woodward field engineers are
experienced and are continually up-dated on all Woodward products as well as
much of the non-Woodward equipment they interface with. The field engineers
ensure that all documentation is updated and all field engineers are well informed
as to new problems which might arise. Woodward field service engineers are on-
call 24 hours a day and may be reached by calling 1-800-835-5182 and ask for
field service.

Specialized Services can be tailored to the specific needs of the customer. These
services can be based on a particular aspect of a single service or a combination of
services and are covered under one low-cost service contract. A contract may be
for regularly scheduled training courses or possibly to have a field engineer visit
the customer site a pre-determined intervals to provide a system analysis, verify
proper operation and make recommendations for maintenance improvements,
enhancements, or other needs. These contracts are usually custom and structured
to allow ultimate flexibility, thereby allowing the customer to plan and budget
more accurately. For more details, contact the Woodward sales representative, or
call 1-800-835-5182 and ask for sales support to discuss specific needs.

For more information on Woodward aftermarket services access


www.woodward.com on the Interned.

188 Woodward Governor Company


Manual 85580V1 5009

Woodward Governor Company 189


We appreciate your comments about the content of our publications.
Please send comments to:
Woodward Governor Company/Industrial Controls Group
Attention: Marketing Communications
PO Box 3800
Loveland CO 80539-3800 USA

WOODWARD GOVERNOR COMPANY / INDUSTRIAL CONTROLS GROUP


Engine, Turbomachinery, and Hydraulic Turbine Controls
3800 North Wilson Ave, PO Box 3800, Loveland CO 80539-3800 USA • Phone (970) 663-3900 • Fax (970) 962-7050
E-mail and World Wide Web Home Page—http://www.woodward.com

Registered Firm
ISO 9001:1994/Q9001-1994
Certificate QSR-36

US FACILITIES
Industrial Controls Group, Fort Collins and Loveland, Colorado
Corporate Headquarters/Aircraft Controls Group, Rockford and Rockton, Illinois
HSC Controls Inc, Buffalo, New York
Additional offices in Birmingham, Alabama; Walnut Creek, California; Olympia Fields, Illinois;
Norristown, Pennsylvania; Houston, Texas; Bellevue, Washington

DISTRIBUTORS
Canada (Edmonton, Alberta; Concord, Ontario), Caribbean (Curaçao, Netherlands Antilles)
Mexico (Mexico DF), Scotland (Aberdeen), Spain (Cadiz), Venezuela (Caracas),
United States (Ventura, California; American Canyon, California; Wilmington, Delaware; New Orleans, Louisiana;
Rocky Mount, North Carolina; Houston, Texas; Seattle, Washington)

INTERNATIONAL LOCATIONS
Australia (Kingsgrove), Brazil (Campinas), China (Beijing, Tianjin), Czech Republic (Plzen), England (Reading),
Germany (Aken, Kelbra, Tettnang), India (Ballabgarh), Japan (Kobe, Tomisato), Korea (Pusan), Mexico (Mexico DF),
The Netherlands (Hoofddorp), New Zealand (Christchurch), Poland (Warsaw), Singapore, United Arab Emirates (Abu Dhabi)

plus Authorized Dealers and Authorized Independent Service Facilities throughout the world

98/4/L

You might also like